WO2014176780A1 - Measurement method, measurement control method and device - Google Patents

Measurement method, measurement control method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014176780A1
WO2014176780A1 PCT/CN2013/075118 CN2013075118W WO2014176780A1 WO 2014176780 A1 WO2014176780 A1 WO 2014176780A1 CN 2013075118 W CN2013075118 W CN 2013075118W WO 2014176780 A1 WO2014176780 A1 WO 2014176780A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
adjacent cell
measurement
report
user equipment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/075118
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张宏平
曾清海
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/075118 priority Critical patent/WO2014176780A1/en
Priority to CN201380002162.2A priority patent/CN104272804B/en
Publication of WO2014176780A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014176780A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/302Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data due to low signal strength
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085Hand-off measurements
    • H04W36/0088Scheduling hand-off measurements

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present invention relate to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a measurement method, a measurement control method, and a device.
  • a base station In a Long Term Evolved (LTE) system, a base station generally performs mobility management according to a measurement report of a user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short), for example, performing cell handover, secondary cell addition and deletion, and the like.
  • the UE performs measurement and report triggering according to the measurement configuration information of the base station.
  • the base station controls the UE to switch to the neighboring cell according to the measurement report reported by the UE.
  • the UE is in medium-and high-speed mobile, if the UE is handed over to the neighboring cell, it will be cut out from the cell soon. This unnecessary handover will cause network resource consumption, and the service will be caused by the handover. Interrupted. Summary of the invention
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a measurement method, a measurement control method, and a device, which are used to solve the problem that the base station in the prior art performs unnecessary handover on the mobility management of the UE according to the measurement report reported by the UE.
  • the first aspect provides a measurement method, including:
  • the user equipment receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the neighboring cell.
  • the variation range of the quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
  • the user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information; when the measurement result determined by the user equipment is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition, generating a measurement report and The base station reports the measurement report.
  • the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
  • the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
  • the report triggering condition further includes a signal strength/quality triggering condition
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to the radio signal reception strength or the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition, and includes:
  • the neighboring cell After determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition, determining, by the user equipment, whether a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is smaller than the change threshold If the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition;
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition; or
  • the monitoring period is a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
  • the monitoring period and/or the change in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cell of the different working frequency band The threshold is different.
  • the second aspect provides a measurement control method, including:
  • the base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the range of variation during the monitoring period is less than the threshold of variation;
  • the base station receives the measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is the neighboring cell. Generated and transmitted after the signal change trigger condition is met.
  • the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell the longer the monitoring period.
  • the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
  • the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
  • the fourth possibility in the second aspect In the implementation manner, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands are different.
  • the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same working frequency band are different.
  • the third aspect provides a measurement method, including:
  • the user equipment receives measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in monitoring Monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell and reporting the monitored signal change information; the user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information; the user equipment according to the signal And monitoring the indication information, during the monitoring period, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell, and after the monitoring period, generating a measurement report and carrying the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell in the Sending to the base station in the measurement report;
  • the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in monitoring Monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell and reporting the monitored signal change information;
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the fourth aspect provides a measurement control method, including:
  • the base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in monitoring Monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell and reporting the monitored signal change information; the base station receiving the measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is the user equipment according to the measurement configuration information, The signal of the neighboring cell is measured and generated and sent after the monitoring period, where the measurement report carries the monitoring information indicated by the user equipment according to the signal change, and monitored in the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell where the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period.
  • the measuring configuration information further includes a report triggering condition
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • a fifth aspect provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or Wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period
  • the range of variation is less than the threshold of change
  • a measuring module configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module, a signal of the neighboring cell
  • a determining module configured to determine whether the measurement result of the measurement module is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition
  • the reporting module is configured to generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station when the determining module determines that the measurement result of the measurement module is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition.
  • the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell the longer the monitoring period is.
  • the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
  • the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
  • the report triggering condition further includes a signal strength/quality triggering condition
  • the determining module is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal receiving strength or a radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition Determining whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than the change threshold in the monitoring period, and if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition ;
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition; or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
  • the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, is different.
  • a sixth aspect provides a base station, including:
  • a sending module configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
  • a receiving module configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and determines that the measurement result is the The neighboring cell is generated and sent after satisfying the signal change trigger condition.
  • the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell the longer the monitoring period is.
  • the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
  • the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
  • the cells in different working frequency bands correspond to the signal change triggering conditions
  • the monitoring period and/or the variation threshold are different.
  • the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same working frequency band are different.
  • a seventh aspect provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period.
  • the change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information
  • a measuring module configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module, a signal of the neighboring cell
  • a monitoring reporting module configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate a measurement report after the monitoring period and the monitored
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station;
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the measuring configuration information further includes a report triggering condition
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the eighth aspect provides a base station, including:
  • a sending module configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period The change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information;
  • a receiving module configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generates and generates after the monitoring period And transmitting, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the user equipment according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period;
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal of the neighboring cell The maximum value of the received intensity or wireless signal reception quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • a ninth aspect provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiver configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
  • a processor configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generate a measurement when determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition Report
  • a transmitter configured to report, to the base station, the measurement report generated by the processor.
  • a tenth aspect provides a base station, including:
  • a transmitter configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
  • a receiver configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and determines that the measurement result is the The neighboring cell is generated and sent after satisfying the signal change trigger condition.
  • the eleventh aspect provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiver configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period.
  • the change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information;
  • a processor configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, a signal of the neighboring cell, and monitor indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the neighboring cell in the monitoring period a signal change, and after the monitoring period, generating a measurement report and carrying the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report;
  • a transmitter configured to send the measurement report generated by the processor to the base station, where the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a radio signal receiving strength or a radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell in the The range of variation during the monitoring period.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a base station, including:
  • a transmitter configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period.
  • the change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information
  • a receiver configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures a signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and generates and generates after the monitoring period And transmitting, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the user equipment according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period;
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the base station adds a signal change trigger condition to the measurement configuration information sent to the user equipment, so that the user equipment only has the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality in the neighboring cell. After the signal change trigger condition is met, the measurement report is reported, and the base station performs mobility management on the user equipment after receiving the measurement report; or the base station adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the user equipment to indicate the user.
  • the device monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information, and the base station performs mobility management on the user equipment according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell, and the mobility management of the base station can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle.
  • the problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario such as high-speed mobile is beneficial to reduce unnecessary handover caused by the mobility management process of the UE according to the measurement report.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario based on the following embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1B is a flowchart of a measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 2A is a flowchart of another measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the following embodiments of the present invention.
  • the application scenario includes a macro base station and a low power node (Low Power Node, LPN for short).
  • LPN can be Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) Access Point (Access) Point, abbreviated as AP), a base station in a Pico cell or a base station in a small (Smal l) cell, etc.
  • these LPNs have a small coverage range, and the coverage radius is generally from several tens to several hundreds of meters.
  • the coverage of the macro base station is usually larger than the coverage of the LPN.
  • FIG. 1A is a flowchart of a measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1B, the method includes:
  • the UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell.
  • the range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but the measurement configuration information further carries a report trigger condition for instructing the UE to perform a measurement report when the report trigger condition is met.
  • the UE may control the UE to frequently perform cell handover, and the report triggering condition sent by the base station to the UE includes a signal change trigger condition.
  • the signal change triggering condition may be that the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than a variation threshold in the monitoring period, that is, when the UE monitors the wireless signal receiving strength of a neighboring cell.
  • the reporting of the measurement report is triggered only when the wireless signal reception quality is less than the change threshold during the monitoring period.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) or Received Channel Power Indicator (RCPI), but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ) or Received Signal to Noise Indicator (RSNI), but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel;
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the WiFi letter. The interference situation of the road.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto. For example, if the moving speed of the UE that wants to be restricted is 60 kilometers per hour, and the coverage radius of the neighboring cell is 200 meters, the distance that the UE moves 200 meters takes about 12 seconds, and the monitoring period should be less than 12 seconds; Set to 1 second, then 1 second moves 16.7 meters. If the signal attenuation of the neighboring cell is X in the range of 16.7 meters, the configured change threshold can be x.
  • the base station may send a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measurement configuration (measConfig) cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure the measurement.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the measConfig cell adds a new report trigger condition, that is, a signal change trigger condition, and the UE can trigger the measurement report only when the signal change trigger condition is satisfied.
  • the signal change trigger condition for example, may include a change threshold and/or a monitoring period.
  • the signal change trigger condition can be at the band level, that is, one band corresponds to one signal change trigger condition.
  • the signal change triggering condition may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with a signal change trigger condition, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with a signal change trigger condition, different change thresholds may be configured. And monitoring time.
  • the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell. After receiving the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the indication of the measurement configuration information.
  • the neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (smal l cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell. 103. When the measurement result determined by the UE is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition, generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station.
  • the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period specified by the signal change triggering condition, and determines whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell, in the judgment result.
  • a measurement report is generated and reported to the base station.
  • the measurement report includes a cell (possibly one or more) that triggers the measurement report, and a radio signal reception strength or radio signal reception quality of the cell, for example, information such as RSRP or RSRQ.
  • the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the UE does not report the measurement report when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is greater than or equal to the change threshold, that is, the UE is in the middle and high speed motion.
  • the measurement report is not reported in the state, and the measurement report is reported only when the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell or the wireless signal reception quality changes within the monitoring period is smaller than the variation threshold, that is, the UE is only at low speed or stationary.
  • the measurement report is reported to the base station, and the base station performs mobility management on the UE after receiving the measurement report reported by the UE, for example, controlling the UE to perform cell handover, or adding a cell that triggers the measurement report as the secondary cell. (SCel l), etc.
  • the method provided in this embodiment solves the problem that the UE in the prior art frequently performs cell handover in a medium-and high-speed mobile scenario, and is beneficial to reducing the base station based on the measurement report.
  • the UE performs unnecessary switching caused by the mobility management process, which is advantageous. Save network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the report triggering condition carried by the measurement configuration information further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the UE determines, according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition, and determines that the neighboring cell is satisfied by the UE.
  • the sequence between the steps of the signal change trigger condition is not limited.
  • the process of determining, by the UE, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell includes: According to the signal strength/quality triggering condition sent by the base station, the signal of the neighboring cell is measured to obtain the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, based on the measured wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell. Determining whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition. For example, for the A3 measurement event, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the signal strength/quality triggering condition sent by the base station to obtain the RSRP of the neighboring cell.
  • the UE When determining whether to trigger the measurement report, the UE first determines the measured neighboring cell. If the RSRP is higher than the specified threshold of the serving cell, if the judgment result is yes, and the base station is also configured with the Time To Trigger mechanism, the UE further determines whether the configured trigger time has been met. The RSRP of the neighboring cell is higher than the specified threshold by the RSRP of the serving cell, and if yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the method includes:
  • the UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell.
  • the range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold.
  • the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell.
  • the UE determines, according to the measured wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
  • step 204 is performed. When the determination is not met, the operation ends.
  • the start timing for the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell can be divided into two types, which will be separately described below.
  • determining, by step 103 or step 203, whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition Thereafter, wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception to the neighboring cell The quality is monitored, and it is determined whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is smaller than the change threshold in the monitoring period, and if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal The change trigger condition, if the judgment result is no, it is determined that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the signal change trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time since the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: when determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, the UE starts signal change monitoring, and starts a signal change monitoring timer, where the timing duration is monitoring in a signal change trigger condition. The length of the time period, after the timer expires, if the monitored neighboring cell's wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality varies
  • the variation range here may be the difference between the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or the minimum value and the maximum value of the wireless signal reception quality during the timer, or the maximum value of the wireless signal reception intensity or the wireless signal reception quality.
  • the difference between the minimum values is less than the change threshold, triggering the generation and reporting of the measurement report.
  • determining, by step 103 or step 203, whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition After determining whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than the change threshold in the monitoring period, if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change The trigger condition, if the determination result is no, determines that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the signal change trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, that is, saves the wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal reception monitored to the neighboring cell. Quality for a while.
  • the specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE starts monitoring the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell during the measurement of the neighboring cell, and saves the time period.
  • the range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality, the change range is compared with the change threshold, and if it is less than the change threshold, the generation and reporting of the measurement report is triggered.
  • the advantage of this implementation is that the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell is monitored before determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition, and once the neighboring cell is determined to satisfy the signal strength/quality triggering condition, Comparing the previously received wireless signal reception strength or the variation range of the wireless signal reception quality with the change threshold, and reporting the measurement report according to the comparison result in time, since it is not necessary to wait after determining that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition
  • the monitoring of the radio signal reception strength or the reception quality of the radio signal of the neighboring cell is small, and the reporting delay of the measurement report is small.
  • the signal strength/quality trigger condition is that the radio signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or the radio signal reception quality always meets the specified threshold within the time to Trigger.
  • the second monitoring period can be less than or equal to the duration of the triggering time.
  • the second monitoring period may be equal to the duration of the triggering time, that is, when the timer corresponding to the triggering time is started, the signal change monitoring is started. This method can simplify the implementation of the UE and has less impact on the standard.
  • FIG. 2B it is a comparison result between the embodiment of the present invention and the prior art solution. It can be seen from FIG. 2B that the trigger point reported by the measurement report in the embodiment of the present invention is lagging behind the trigger point reported by the measurement report in the prior art, thereby reducing unnecessary necessity for the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the report of the measurement report. Manage operations.
  • the UE may check whether the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the current neighboring cell is higher than a threshold before determining to report the measurement report. If the threshold is not higher than the threshold, Report the measurement report.
  • the triggering measurement report needs to meet the signal strength/signal quality triggering condition as required by the current protocol, and needs to meet the signal change triggering condition to trigger the measurement report, that is, only the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or
  • the measurement report is reported in the quiescent state, it is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover of the base station to the UE in the mobility management process based on the reporting of the measurement report, which is beneficial to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 3, The method includes:
  • the base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the neighboring cell.
  • the range of variation of quality during the monitoring period is less than the threshold of variation.
  • the base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger. Generated and sent after the condition.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but the measurement configuration information further carries a report trigger condition for instructing the UE to perform a measurement report when the report trigger condition is met. Reported. Further, in this embodiment, in order to solve the problem that the UE performs mobility handover according to the measurement report reported by the UE, it may control the UE to frequently perform cell handover and the like, and the report trigger condition sent by the base station to the UE includes a signal change trigger condition.
  • the signal change triggering condition may be that the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than a variation threshold in the monitoring period, that is, when the UE monitors the wireless signal receiving strength of a neighboring cell.
  • the reporting of the measurement report is triggered only when the wireless signal reception quality is less than the change threshold within the monitoring period.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station may configure the parameters as cell level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto. For example, if the moving speed of the UE that wants to be restricted is 60 kilometers per hour, and the coverage radius of the neighboring cell is 200 meters, the distance that the UE moves 200 meters takes about 12 seconds, and the monitoring period should be less than 12 seconds; Set to 1 second, then 1 second moves 16.7 meters. If the signal attenuation of the neighboring cell is X in the range of 16.7 meters, the configured change threshold can be x.
  • the base station may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measConfig cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure measurement configuration information.
  • the measConfig cell adds a new report trigger condition, that is, a signal change trigger condition, and the UE can trigger the measurement report only when the signal change trigger condition is satisfied.
  • the signal change trigger condition for example, may include a change threshold and/or a monitoring period.
  • the signal change trigger condition can be at the band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change trigger condition.
  • the signal change triggering condition may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with a signal change trigger condition, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with a signal change trigger condition, different change thresholds may be configured. And monitoring time.
  • the base station After transmitting the measurement configuration information to the UE, the base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE.
  • the measurement report received by the base station is generated and sent by the UE after determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell.
  • the UE may perform mobility management on the UE, for example, control the UE to perform cell handover, or configure the cell that triggers the measurement report to be Scel. That is, in this embodiment, the base station determines, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • the UE reports the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, only when the UE is considered to be in a low-speed motion state or a stationary state.
  • the measurement report is reported, and the base station only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then reports the measurement report.
  • the UE solves the problem that the UE in the prior art frequently performs cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios, and is beneficial to reducing the mobility management of the UE by the base station based on the measurement report. Unnecessary switching caused by the process is conducive to saving network resources and reducing business interruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of still another measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
  • the UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE monitors and reports the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. Monitored signal change information.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but also needs to control the UE to frequently perform cell handover when the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the report of the measurement report.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE further includes signal change monitoring indication information, which is used to indicate that the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information during the monitoring period, so that the base station can learn the neighboring cell.
  • the signal changes in order to facilitate the mobility management of the UE based on the signal changes of the neighboring cells.
  • the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the base The station may send an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to the UE, the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message including a measConf ig cell, which is used to configure measurement configuration information.
  • the measConf ig cell adds a signal change monitoring indication information, and the UE needs to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the signal change monitoring indication information and report the monitored signal.
  • Change information may include, for example, a monitoring period.
  • the signal change monitoring indication information may be at the frequency band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change monitoring indication information.
  • the signal change monitoring indication information may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with signal change monitoring indication information, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with signal change monitoring indication information, different configurations may be configured. Monitoring period.
  • the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell.
  • the UE After receiving the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the indication of the measurement configuration information.
  • the neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (smal l cel l ), a WiFi AP, and a macro cell.
  • the UE monitors the indication information according to the signal, monitors, in the monitoring period, a signal change of the neighboring cell, and after the monitoring period, generates a measurement report and monitors the neighboring cell that is monitored.
  • Signal change information is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station.
  • the UE monitors a signal change of the neighboring cell in a monitoring period specified by the signal change monitoring indication information, and specifically monitors a signal change of the neighboring cell according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, and ends at the monitoring period. Then, the measurement report is generated and the signal change information monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station.
  • the measurement report includes a cell (possibly one or more) that triggers the measurement report, and information such as a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the cell.
  • the measurement report of this embodiment further includes signal change information of the neighboring cell of the monitored trigger measurement report, where the signal change information includes a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or a change of the wireless signal reception quality in the monitoring period. range.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, a wireless signal receiving strength.
  • the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value or may be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a maximum value and a minimum value of the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be the maximum. Value and minimum, or The maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal reception quality of the neighboring cells.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition, configured to indicate that the UE performs the reporting of the measurement report when the report triggering condition is met.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the report trigger condition includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the signal strength/quality trigger condition is that the radio signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or the radio signal reception quality always meets the specified threshold within the time to Trigger.
  • the process of determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition includes: determining, by the UE, whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality meets the specified threshold in the triggering time, if the determination result is If yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; if the determining result is no, it is determined that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the report triggering condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the start timing of monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell by the UE may be divided into two types, which are separately described below.
  • an implementation manner of step 403 includes: determining, by the UE, whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, and after determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generating the measurement report, and according to the Signal change monitoring indication information, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and carrying signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period in the measurement report and sending the signal to the base station .
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time since the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE determines whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, and when determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition, the signal change monitoring is started, and the signal change monitoring timer is started, and the timing duration is The monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information, after the timer expires, triggering generation and reporting of the measurement report, where the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the timer device.
  • the signal reported here is changed
  • the information may be the difference between the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal, or may be the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the advantage of this implementation is that the UE only needs to perform simple function expansion on the basis of implementing the existing report trigger condition, because it is a function of expanding the indication for the signal change monitoring indication information after implementing the existing report trigger condition function. Therefore, there is no need to modify the functions that implement the existing report trigger conditions, and the implementation is simple.
  • an implementation manner of step 403 includes: monitoring, by the UE, monitoring indication information according to the signal, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, and determining whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition And determining, when the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, the measurement report, and carrying the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period in the measurement report, and sending the signal to the base station .
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time until the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, that is, a period of time for storing signal change information monitored to the neighboring cell.
  • the specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE starts monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell during the measurement of the neighboring cell, and saves the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored within a period of time, when the neighboring cell satisfies the report. After the trigger condition is met, the measurement report is generated and reported immediately, and the signal change information of the previously saved neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report.
  • the advantage of this implementation is that the radio signal reception strength or the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell is monitored before determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the report trigger condition, and once the neighboring cell is determined to meet the report trigger condition, the previously monitored radio can be directly used.
  • the range of change of the signal receiving strength or the receiving quality of the wireless signal is compared with the change threshold, and the measurement report is reported according to the comparison result in time, since it is not necessary to wait for the wireless signal receiving strength or wireless to the neighboring cell after determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the reporting trigger condition Monitoring of signal reception quality, reporting report reporting delay is small.
  • the monitoring period can be less than or equal to the duration of the triggering time.
  • the length of the monitoring period may be equal to the duration of the triggering time, that is, when the timer corresponding to the triggering time is started, the signal change monitoring is started. This method can simplify the implementation of the UE and has less impact on the standard.
  • the signal change information carried in the measurement report reported by the UE may be that the wireless signal received by the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is strong.
  • the maximum value and the minimum value of the degree, or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving quality may also be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality, or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving intensity.
  • the difference can also be the rate of change of the signal, that is, the value of the signal change per unit time.
  • the UE may check whether the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the current neighboring cell is higher than a threshold before determining to report the measurement report. If the threshold is not higher than the threshold, Report the measurement report.
  • the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and changes the signal of the adjacent cell in the specified monitoring period.
  • the monitoring is performed, and when the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can perform mobility on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report.
  • the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value
  • the UE moves at a slower speed or does not move then perform cell handover or increase the cell that triggers the measurement report.
  • the SCel l or the like the cell handover is not performed or the SCel l is added.
  • Unnecessary switching during management Help conserve network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
  • the base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE monitors and reports the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. Signal change information to.
  • the base station receives the measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generates and sends the signal after the monitoring period, where the measurement report carries the UE.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information; wherein the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell The range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but also needs to control the UE to frequently perform cell handover when the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the report of the measurement report.
  • the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE further includes signal change monitoring indication information, which is used to indicate that the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information during the monitoring period, so that the base station can learn the neighboring cell.
  • the signal changes in order to facilitate the mobility management of the UE based on the signal changes of the neighboring cells.
  • the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the base station may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measConf ig cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure measurement configuration information.
  • the measConf ig cell adds a signal change monitoring indication information, and the UE needs to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the signal change monitoring indication information and report the monitored signal. Change information.
  • the signal change monitoring indication information may include, for example, a monitoring period.
  • the signal change monitoring indication information may be at the frequency band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change monitoring indication information.
  • the signal change monitoring indication information may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with signal change monitoring indication information, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with signal change monitoring indication information, different configurations may be configured.
  • the measurement configuration information further carries a report triggering condition, which is used to indicate that the UE reports the measurement report when the report trigger condition is met. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the base station After transmitting the measurement configuration information to the UE, the base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE.
  • the measurement report received by the base station carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the UE during the monitoring period, where the signal change information includes the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, a wireless signal receiving strength.
  • the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value or may be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a maximum value and a minimum value of the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be the maximum.
  • the base station may further perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report. For example, if the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, the UE is considered to be slow or not moving, and then the base station controls the UE to perform cell handover or increase triggering the measurement report.
  • the cell is used as SCel l or the like, otherwise the base station does not control the UE to perform cell handover or increase SCel l. That is, in this embodiment, the base station determines, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • the base station adds the signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell within the specified monitoring period, and satisfies the measurement in the adjacent cell.
  • the report triggering condition in the configuration information is carried, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting, and the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle.
  • High speed shift The problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving user experience.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the UE includes: a receiving module 61, a measuring module 62, a determining module 63, and a reporting module 64.
  • the receiving module 61 is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell. Or the wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold.
  • the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the measurement module 62 is connected to the receiving module 61, and is configured to measure the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module 61.
  • the measurement result of the measurement module 62 for the adjacent cell includes, but is not limited to, the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the determining module 63 is connected to the measuring module 62, and is configured to determine whether the measurement result of the measuring module 62 satisfies the signal change triggering condition for the neighboring cell. Specifically, the determining module 63 determines, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the measurement module 62, whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
  • the reporting module 64 is connected to the determining module 63, and configured to generate a measurement report and report the measurement to the base station when the determining module 63 determines that the measurement result of the measurement module 62 is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition. report.
  • the neighboring cell may include: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell, but is not limited thereto.
  • the signal change trigger condition further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the determining module 63 is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the determining module 63 is specifically configured to determine, after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, determine a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal connection of the neighboring cell. Whether the range of change of the received quality in the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, and if the result of the determination is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition. Alternatively, the monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
  • the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the function modules of the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2A.
  • the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the triggering measurement report needs to meet the signal strength/signal quality triggering condition as required by the current protocol, and needs to meet the signal change triggering condition to trigger the measurement report, that is, only when the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or at a standstill state Reporting the measurement report is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station based on the measurement report to the UE in the mobility management process, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the UE includes: a receiver 71, a processor 72, and a transmitter 73.
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell. Or wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period
  • the range of variation is less than the threshold of variation.
  • the processor 72 is configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver 71, the signal of the neighboring cell, and generate, when determining whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition measurement report.
  • the processor 72 is specifically configured to determine, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition, and the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the processor 72 includes but is not limited to: wireless of the neighboring cell Signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality.
  • the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the neighboring cell may include: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell, but is not limited thereto.
  • the processor 72 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. integrated circuit.
  • the transmitter 73 is configured to report the measurement report generated by the processor 72 to the base station.
  • the signal change trigger condition further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the processor 72 is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
  • the determining, by the processor 72, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition includes:
  • the processor 72 is specifically configured to determine, after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is smaller than the range of the monitoring period
  • the threshold of change if the result of the determination is yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station can configure these parameters as cell level parameters.
  • the number, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
  • the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the UE may further include: a memory 74, configured to store a program.
  • the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the processor 72 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 74 to perform the above functions.
  • the memory 74 may include a high speed RAM memory or may include a nonvolatile memory.
  • non-volati le memory such as at least one disk storage.
  • the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete each other. Communication between.
  • the bus may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (Essence Industry Standard Architecture) ) Bus, etc.
  • ISA Industry Standard Architecture
  • PCI Peripheral Component
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 are integrated on one chip, the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 can pass through an internal interface. Complete the same communication.
  • the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2A.
  • the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the UE provided in this embodiment triggers the measurement report to meet the signal strength in addition to the requirements specified in the current protocol.
  • the signal change trigger condition is also required to trigger the measurement report, that is, the measurement report is reported only when the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or in a static state, which is advantageous for reducing the base station to move the UE based on the report of the measurement report. Unnecessary switching caused by the sexual management process is conducive to saving network resources and reducing business interruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the base station includes: a sending module 81 and a receiving module 82.
  • the sending module 81 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or The wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold.
  • the receiving module 82 is connected to the sending module 81, and is configured to: after the transmitting module 81 sends the measurement configuration information, receive a measurement report reported by the UE; the measurement report is that the UE is configured according to the measurement configuration information.
  • the signal of the neighboring cell is measured, and is generated and sent after determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
  • the neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the UE may further include: a mobility management module 83.
  • the mobility management module 83 is configured to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report after the receiving module 82 receives the measurement report. For example, the mobility management module 83 of the base station may determine, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station may configure the parameters as cell level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
  • the function modules of the base station provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment allows the UE to report the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, the UE is allowed to be in a low-speed motion state or still only. In the state, the measurement report is reported, and the base station in this embodiment only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then performs mobility management on the UE that reports the measurement report, compared with the prior art.
  • the problem that the UEs in the prior art are frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handover caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, and is beneficial to saving the network. Resources, reducing business disruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the base station includes: a transmitter 91 and a receiver 92.
  • the transmitter 91 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold.
  • the receiver 92 is configured to receive, after the transmitter 91 sends the measurement configuration information, a measurement report that is reported by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell. And generating and transmitting after determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
  • the neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell.
  • the radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto.
  • the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto.
  • RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel
  • RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
  • the base station may further include: a processor 93.
  • the processor 93 is configured to perform mobility management on the user equipment based on the measurement report after the receiver 92 receives the measurement report.
  • the processor 93 of the base station may determine, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • Processor 93 can be a CPU, or a specific ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period.
  • the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
  • the base station may further include: a memory 94, configured to store a program.
  • the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the processor 93 can also be used to execute a program stored in the memory 94 to perform the above functions.
  • the memory 94 may include a high speed RAM memory or may include a nonvolatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory such as at least one disk storage.
  • the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and the memory 94 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete each other. Communication between.
  • the bus can be an ISA bus, a PCI bus, or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG.
  • the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and The memory 94 is integrated on a single chip, and the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and the memory 94 can perform the same communication through the internal interface.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment may be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3. The specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment allows the UE to report the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, the UE is allowed to be in a low-speed motion state or still only. In the state, the measurement report is reported, and the base station in this embodiment only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then performs mobility management on the UE that reports the measurement report, compared with the prior art.
  • the problem that the UEs in the prior art are frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handover caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, and is beneficial to saving the network. Resources, reducing business disruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the UE includes: a receiving module 1001, a measuring module 1002, and a monitoring reporting module 1003.
  • the receiving module 1001 is configured to receive measurement configuration information that is sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the monitoring period, to the neighboring cell. The signal changes are monitored and the monitored signal change information is reported.
  • the measurement module 1002 is connected to the receiving module 1001, and is configured to measure the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module 1001.
  • the monitoring and reporting module 1003 is connected to the measurement module 1002 and the receiving module 1001, and is configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information received by the receiving module 1001, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and After the monitoring period, the measurement report is generated and the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station.
  • the monitoring and reporting module 1003 may specifically monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the measurement module 1002 during the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a monitored difference between a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
  • the monitoring and reporting module 1003 is specifically configured to: after determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generate the measurement report, and monitor the indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the signal of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. And changing, the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station. or
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the monitoring and reporting module 1003 is specifically configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate the measurement when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition Reporting and carrying signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station.
  • the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • the signal change monitoring parameter such as a monitoring period in the indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the function modules of the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to execute the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the UE provided in this embodiment performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and is in the specified monitoring period.
  • the signal change of the neighboring cell is monitored, and when the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can change the signal according to the signal carried by the measurement report.
  • the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value
  • the cell handover or the trigger is added.
  • the cell of the measurement report is used as the SCell or the like. Otherwise, the cell handover is not performed or the SCell is added.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the UE includes: a receiver 1101, a processor 1102, and a transmitter 1103.
  • the receiver 1101 is configured to receive measurement configuration information that is sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the monitoring period, to the neighboring cell. The signal changes are monitored and the monitored signal change information is reported.
  • the processor 1102 is configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver 1101, a signal of the neighboring cell, and monitor indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the neighboring cell in the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • Processor 1102 can be a CPU, or a specific ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • the transmitter 1103 is configured to send the measurement report generated by the processor 1102 to the base station.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition.
  • the report triggering condition is: the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to: when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generate the measurement report, and monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, The signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to: according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate the measurement report when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report trigger condition The signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report.
  • the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario.
  • the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • the signal change monitoring parameter such as a monitoring period in the indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
  • the base station may further include: a memory 1104, configured to store a program.
  • the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 1104 to perform the foregoing functions.
  • the memory 1104 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
  • the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, and the transmitter 1103 Independently implemented by the memory 1104, the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete communication with each other.
  • the bus can be an ISA bus, a PCI bus, or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 are integrated on one chip, the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 can pass through an internal interface. Complete the same communication.
  • the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the UE provided in this embodiment performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and When the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, for example, if If the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, if the UE moves at a slow speed or does not move, the cell handover is performed or the cell that triggers the measurement report is added as the SCel l or the like.
  • the cell handover is not performed or the SCel l is added.
  • the problem that the UE in the prior art is frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing the base station based on the measurement report to the UE.
  • Unnecessary switch help conserve network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the base station includes: a sending module 1201 and a receiving module 1202.
  • the sending module 1201 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE changes the signal of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. Monitor and report the monitored signal change information.
  • the receiving module 1202 is connected to the sending module 1201, and is configured to: after the transmitting module 1201 sends the measurement configuration information, receive a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE is configured according to the measurement configuration information.
  • the signal of the adjacent cell is measured, and during the monitoring period And generating and transmitting, the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the UE according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the base station may further include: a mobility management module 1203.
  • the mobility management module 1203 is connected to the receiving module 1202, and is configured to perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report received by the receiving module 1202. For example, the mobility management module 1203 of the base station may determine, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to an application scenario.
  • the base station may be configured with a monitoring period as a cell level parameter, that is, a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as a frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the functional modules of the base station provided in this embodiment may be used to execute the flow of the method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the specific working principle of the process is not described here. For details, please refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and the adjacent cell satisfies the measurement configuration information.
  • the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting.
  • the base station in this embodiment performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle.
  • the problem of frequent cell handover in scenarios such as high-speed mobility is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handovers caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving users.
  • Experience is provided in this embodiment, adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and the adjacent cell satisfies the measurement configuration information.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the base station includes: a transmitter 1301 and a receiver 1302.
  • the transmitter 1301 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE changes signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. Monitor and report the monitored signal change information.
  • the receiver 1302 is configured to receive, after the transmitter 1301 sends the measurement configuration information, a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell.
  • the measurement report is generated and sent after the monitoring period, and the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the UE according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality.
  • the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
  • the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
  • the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
  • the base station may further include: a processor 1303.
  • the processor 1303 is configured to perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report received by the receiver 1302.
  • the processor 1303 of the base station may determine, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
  • Processor 1303 can be a CPU, or a particular ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to an application scenario.
  • the base station may be configured with a monitoring period as a cell level parameter, that is, a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different.
  • the base station may configure the monitoring period as a frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different.
  • the working frequency band can be a carrier.
  • parameters such as a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
  • the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
  • the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
  • the base station may further include: a memory 1304, configured to store a program.
  • the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the memory 1304 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory such as at least one disk storage.
  • the processor 1303 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 1304 to perform the foregoing functions.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5.
  • the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and the adjacent cell satisfies the measurement configuration information.
  • the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting.
  • the base station in this embodiment performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle. High speed shift
  • the problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving user experience.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a measurement method, and a measurement control method and device. The measurement method comprises: receiving measurement configuration information sent by a base station, wherein the measurement configuration information carries a signal change trigger condition; according to the measurement configuration information, measuring a signal of an adjacent cell; and when it is determined that the measurement result is that the adjacent cell meets the signal change trigger condition, generating a measurement report and reporting the measurement report to the base station. The technical solution of the present invention is beneficial to reducing unnecessary switching in a mobility management process.

Description

测量方法、 测量控制方法及设备  Measuring method, measuring control method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明实施例涉及无线通信技术, 尤其涉及一种测量方法、 测量控制方 法及设备。  Embodiments of the present invention relate to wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a measurement method, a measurement control method, and a device.
背景技术 Background technique
在长期演进 (Long Term Evolved, 简称为 LTE) 系统中, 基站一般是根 据用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称为 UE) 的测量报告进行移动性管理, 比 如进行小区切换、 辅小区增删等。 UE根据基站的测量配置信息进行测量和报 告触发。 此时, 基站就会根据 UE上报的测量报告控制 UE切换到邻接小区。 但是, 当 UE处于中、 高速移动时, 如果将 UE切换到该邻接小区, 则很快又 会从该小区切出, 这种不必要的切换会造成网络资源的消耗, 同时由于切换 会造成业务中断。 发明内容  In a Long Term Evolved (LTE) system, a base station generally performs mobility management according to a measurement report of a user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short), for example, performing cell handover, secondary cell addition and deletion, and the like. The UE performs measurement and report triggering according to the measurement configuration information of the base station. At this time, the base station controls the UE to switch to the neighboring cell according to the measurement report reported by the UE. However, when the UE is in medium-and high-speed mobile, if the UE is handed over to the neighboring cell, it will be cut out from the cell soon. This unnecessary handover will cause network resource consumption, and the service will be caused by the handover. Interrupted. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种测量方法、 测量控制方法及设备, 用以解决现有 技术中基站根据 UE上报的测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理造成不必要切换的 问题。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a measurement method, a measurement control method, and a device, which are used to solve the problem that the base station in the prior art performs unnecessary handover on the mobility management of the UE according to the measurement report reported by the UE.
第一方面提供一种测量方法, 包括:  The first aspect provides a measurement method, including:
用户设备接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告 触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条 件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化 范围小于变化门限;  The user equipment receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the neighboring cell. The variation range of the quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
所述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息,对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量; 当所述用户设备确定的测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发 条件时, 生成测量报告并向所述基站上报所述测量报告。  The user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information; when the measurement result determined by the user equipment is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition, generating a measurement report and The base station reports the measurement report.
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区 的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述变化门限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户 设备的移动速度确定。 With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period is. With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包 括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the first aspect, or the first possible implementation of the first aspect, or the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述报告触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件;  In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect, the fourth possibility in the first aspect In the implementation manner, the report triggering condition further includes a signal strength/quality triggering condition;
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述用户设备根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质 量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。  The user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to the radio signal reception strength or the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件, 包 括:  In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition, and includes:
所述用户设备在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件之 后, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视 时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则判定所述邻 接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件;  After determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition, determining, by the user equipment, whether a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is smaller than the change threshold If the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition;
其中, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述信 号强度 /质量触发条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition; or
所述监视时段为:到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 / 质量触发条件时结束的一段时间。  The monitoring period is a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实现方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种可 能的实现方式中, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限不同。  Combining the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect The implementation manner or the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the monitoring period and/or the change in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cell of the different working frequency band The threshold is different.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实现方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第六种可能 的实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 同一工作频段的不同 小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。 Combining the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth of the first aspect The implementation of the energy, or the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, or the sixth possible implementation of the first aspect. In the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, different cells in the same working frequency band correspond to different cells. The monitoring period and/or the variation threshold in the signal change trigger condition are different.
第二方面提供一种测量控制方法, 包括:  The second aspect provides a measurement control method, including:
基站向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告触发 条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条件为 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围 小于变化门限;  The base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a wireless signal receiving quality. The range of variation during the monitoring period is less than the threshold of variation;
所述基站接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述用户 设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出 测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。  The base station receives the measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is the neighboring cell. Generated and transmitted after the signal change trigger condition is met.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区 的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述变化门限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户 设备的移动速度确定。  With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包 括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的 监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。  With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the second possible implementation of the second aspect or the third possible implementation of the second aspect, the fourth possibility in the second aspect In the implementation manner, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands are different.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 同一工作频段的不 同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。  Combining the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the second possible implementation of the second aspect or the third possible implementation of the second aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect In a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same working frequency band are different.
第三方面提供一种测量方法, 包括:  The third aspect provides a measurement method, including:
用户设备接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号 变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备在监 视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息; 所述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息,对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量; 所述用户设备根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监 视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所监 视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所述基 站; The user equipment receives measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in monitoring Monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell and reporting the monitored signal change information; the user equipment measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information; the user equipment according to the signal And monitoring the indication information, during the monitoring period, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell, and after the monitoring period, generating a measurement report and carrying the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell in the Sending to the base station in the measurement report;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
结合第三方面, 在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述测量配置 信息还包括报告触发条件;  With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。  The monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差 值; 或者  With the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的 覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小 小区和 /或宏小区。  In combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect or the third possible implementation of the third aspect, the fourth possibility in the third aspect In an implementation manner, the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
第四方面提供一种测量控制方法, 包括:  The fourth aspect provides a measurement control method, including:
基站向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号变化 监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备在监视时 段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息; 所述基站接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述用户 设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所述监 视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述信号变 化监视指示信息,在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息; 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 The base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in monitoring Monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell and reporting the monitored signal change information; the base station receiving the measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is the user equipment according to the measurement configuration information, The signal of the neighboring cell is measured and generated and sent after the monitoring period, where the measurement report carries the monitoring information indicated by the user equipment according to the signal change, and monitored in the monitoring period. The signal change information of the neighboring cell, where the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述测量配置 信息还包括报告触发条件;  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the measuring configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。  The monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差 值; 或者  With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的 覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小 小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the fourth possibility in the fourth aspect In an implementation manner, the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
第五方面提供一种用户设备, 包括:  A fifth aspect provides a user equipment, including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带 有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化 触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内 的变化范围小于变化门限; a receiving module, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or Wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period The range of variation is less than the threshold of change;
测量模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻 接小区的信号进行测量;  a measuring module, configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module, a signal of the neighboring cell;
确定模块, 用于确定所述测量模块的测量结果是否为所述邻接小区满足 所述信号变化触发条件;  a determining module, configured to determine whether the measurement result of the measurement module is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition;
上报模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定出所述测量模块的测量结果为所述 邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件时, 生成测量报告并向所述基站上报所 述测量报告。  The reporting module is configured to generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station when the determining module determines that the measurement result of the measurement module is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition.
结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区 的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period is.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述变化门限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户 设备的移动速度确定。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包 括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述报告触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件;  With reference to the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the second possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the fourth possibility in the fifth aspect In the implementation manner, the report triggering condition further includes a signal strength/quality triggering condition;
所述确定模块还用于根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号 接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。  The determining module is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal receiving strength or a radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell.
结合第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用于在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 / 质量触发条件之后, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收 质量在所述监视时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限,如果判断结果为是, 则判定所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件;  With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition Determining whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than the change threshold in the monitoring period, and if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition ;
其中, 所述监视时段为: 自确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触 发条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为:到确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件 时结束的一段时间。 结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实现方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第六种可 能的实现方式中, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限不同。 The monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition. Combining the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the second possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the fifth aspect The implementation manner or the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the monitoring period and/or the change in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cell of the different working frequency band The threshold is different.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第四种可 能的实现方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第六种可能 的实现方式, 在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 同一工作频段的不同 小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。  Combining the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the second possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the fifth aspect The fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, The monitoring period and/or the variation threshold in the signal change trigger condition are different.
第六方面提供一种基站, 包括:  A sixth aspect provides a base station, including:
发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带 有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化 触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内 的变化范围小于变化门限;  a sending module, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
接收模块, 用于接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所 述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在 确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送 的。  a receiving module, configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and determines that the measurement result is the The neighboring cell is generated and sent after satisfying the signal change trigger condition.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区 的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the greater the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period is.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述变化门限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户 设备的移动速度确定。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the change threshold is caused by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and movement of the user equipment Speed is determined.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包 括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the neighboring cell includes: Fidelity WiFi access point, micro cell, small cell and/or macro cell.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的 监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。 With reference to the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the second possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the third possible implementation of the sixth aspect, the fourth possibility in the sixth aspect In the implementation manner, the cells in different working frequency bands correspond to the signal change triggering conditions The monitoring period and/or the variation threshold are different.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 同一工作频段的不 同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。  Combining the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the second possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the third possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the fourth possible aspect of the sixth aspect In a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same working frequency band are different.
第七方面提供一种用户设备, 包括:  A seventh aspect provides a user equipment, including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括 有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设 备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化 信息;  a receiving module, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. The change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information;
测量模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻 接小区的信号进行测量;  a measuring module, configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module, a signal of the neighboring cell;
监视上报模块, 用于根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段 内, 监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并 将所监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所 述基站;  a monitoring reporting module, configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate a measurement report after the monitoring period and the monitored The signal change information of the neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
结合第七方面, 在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述测量配置 信息还包括报告触发条件;  With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the measuring configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。  The monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差 值; 或者  With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第七方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的 覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 The signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal. With reference to the seventh aspect, the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第七方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小 小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the seventh aspect or the first possible implementation of the seventh aspect or the second possible implementation of the seventh aspect or the third possible implementation of the seventh aspect, the fourth possibility in the seventh aspect In an implementation manner, the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
第八方面提供一种基站, 包括:  The eighth aspect provides a base station, including:
发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括 有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设 备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化 信息;  a sending module, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period The change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information;
接收模块, 用于接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所 述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在 所述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述 信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变 化信息;  a receiving module, configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generates and generates after the monitoring period And transmitting, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the user equipment according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
结合第八方面, 在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述测量配置 信息还包括报告触发条件;  With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者  The monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。  The monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第二 种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差 值; 或者  With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored neighboring cell The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 The signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal of the neighboring cell The maximum value of the received intensity or wireless signal reception quality and the minimum value of the signal.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第八方面的第二种 可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区的 覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the coverage of the neighboring cell The larger the monitoring period, the longer.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第八方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第四种 可能的实现方式中, 所述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小 小区和 /或宏小区。  With reference to the eighth aspect or the first possible implementation of the eighth aspect or the second possible implementation of the eighth aspect or the third possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the fourth possibility in the eighth aspect In an implementation manner, the neighboring cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
第九方面提供一种用户设备, 包括:  A ninth aspect provides a user equipment, including:
接收器, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有 报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触 发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的 变化范围小于变化门限;  a receiver, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小 区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化 触发条件时, 生成测量报告;  a processor, configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generate a measurement when determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition Report
发射器, 用于向所述基站上报所述处理器生成的所述测量报告。  And a transmitter, configured to report, to the base station, the measurement report generated by the processor.
第十方面提供一种基站, 包括:  A tenth aspect provides a base station, including:
发射器, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有 报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触 发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的 变化范围小于变化门限;  a transmitter, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold;
接收器, 用于接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述 用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确 定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。  a receiver, configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and determines that the measurement result is the The neighboring cell is generated and sent after satisfying the signal change trigger condition.
第十一方面提供一种用户设备, 包括:  The eleventh aspect provides a user equipment, including:
接收器, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有 信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备 在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信 息; 处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小 区的信号进行测量, 并根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所 监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中; a receiver, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. The change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information; a processor, configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, a signal of the neighboring cell, and monitor indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the neighboring cell in the monitoring period a signal change, and after the monitoring period, generating a measurement report and carrying the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report;
发射器, 用于将所述处理器生成的所述测量报告发送给所述基站; 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  a transmitter, configured to send the measurement report generated by the processor to the base station, where the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a radio signal receiving strength or a radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell in the The range of variation during the monitoring period.
第十二方面提供一种基站, 包括:  A twelfth aspect provides a base station, including:
发射器, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有 信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备 在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信 息;  a transmitter, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends a signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. The change monitors and reports the monitored signal change information;
接收器, 用于接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述 用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所 述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述信 号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化 信息;  a receiver, configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the measurement report is that the user equipment measures a signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and generates and generates after the monitoring period And transmitting, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the user equipment according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
本发明实施例提供的测量方法、 测量控制方法及设备, 基站在发送给用 户设备的测量配置信息中新增信号变化触发条件, 使得用户设备只有在邻接 小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量满足所述信号变化触发条件 后, 才上报测量报告, 基站接收到测量报告后对用户设备进行移动性管理; 或者基站在发送给用户设备的测量配置信息中新增信号变化监视指示信息, 指示用户设备监视邻接小区的信号变化并上报监视到的信号变化信息, 基站 根据邻接小区的信号变化信息, 对用户设备进行移动性管理, 基站的这种移 动性管理可以解决现有技术存在的 UE处于中、高速移动等场景下频繁进行小 区切换的问题,有利于减少基于根据测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造 成的不必要的切换。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对实 施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下 面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在 不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 The measurement method, the measurement control method, and the device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the base station adds a signal change trigger condition to the measurement configuration information sent to the user equipment, so that the user equipment only has the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality in the neighboring cell. After the signal change trigger condition is met, the measurement report is reported, and the base station performs mobility management on the user equipment after receiving the measurement report; or the base station adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the user equipment to indicate the user. The device monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information, and the base station performs mobility management on the user equipment according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell, and the mobility management of the base station can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle. The problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario such as high-speed mobile is beneficial to reduce unnecessary handover caused by the mobility management process of the UE according to the measurement report. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. The drawings are some embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without any inventive labor.
图 1A为本发明以下各实施例基于的一种应用场景示意图;  1A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario based on the following embodiments of the present invention;
图 1B为本发明实施例提供的一种测量方法的流程图;  FIG. 1B is a flowchart of a measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2A为本发明实施例提供的另一种测量方法的流程图;  2A is a flowchart of another measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2B为本发明实施例与现有技术的比较结果;  2B is a comparison result of an embodiment of the present invention and the prior art;
图 3为本发明实施例提供的一种测量控制方法的流程图;  FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明实施例提供的又一种测量方法的流程图;  4 is a flowchart of still another measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例提供的另一种测量控制方法的流程图;  FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 6为本发明实施例提供的一种 UE的结构示意图;  FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 7为本发明实施例提供的另一种 UE的结构示意图;  FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 8为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 9为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的结构示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 10为本发明实施例提供的又一种 UE的结构示意图;  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 11为本发明实施例提供的又一种 UE的结构示意图;  FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 12为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站的结构示意图;  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 13为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站的结构示意图。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式 为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发 明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于 本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获 得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. The embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
如图 1A所示, 为本发明以下各实施例的一种应用场景示意图。 如图 1A 所示, 该应用场景包括宏基站和低功率节点(Low Power Node, 简称为 LPN) 。 LPN可以是无线保真 (Wireless Fidel ity, 简称为 WiFi ) 接入点 (Access Point, 简称为 AP) 、 微 (Pico) 小区中的基站或小 (Smal l ) 小区中的基站 等, 这些 LPN的覆盖范围较小, 其覆盖半径一般从几十到几百米。 其中, 宏 基站的覆盖范围通常大于 LPN的覆盖范围。 FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the following embodiments of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1A, the application scenario includes a macro base station and a low power node (Low Power Node, LPN for short). LPN can be Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) Access Point (Access) Point, abbreviated as AP), a base station in a Pico cell or a base station in a small (Smal l) cell, etc., these LPNs have a small coverage range, and the coverage radius is generally from several tens to several hundreds of meters. The coverage of the macro base station is usually larger than the coverage of the LPN.
UE通常根据基站的测量配置信息进行测量和报告触发。 此时, 基站就会 根据 UE上报的测量报告控制 UE切换到邻接小区。 结合图 1A所示, 当 UE处 于中、 高速移动时, 如果将 UE切换到 LPN小区, 由于 LPN的覆盖范围较小, UE很快又会从该 LPN小区切出, 这种不必要的切换会造成网络资源的消耗, 同时由于切换会造成业务中断。 针对该问题, 本发明以下实施例给出了解决 图 1B为本发明实施例提供的一种测量方法的流程图。 如图 1B所示, 所 述方法包括:  The UE typically performs measurement and report triggering based on the measurement configuration information of the base station. At this time, the base station controls the UE to switch to the neighboring cell according to the measurement report reported by the UE. As shown in FIG. 1A, when the UE is in medium-and high-speed mobile, if the UE is switched to the LPN cell, since the coverage of the LPN is small, the UE will quickly cut out from the LPN cell, and such unnecessary handover will occur. This causes the consumption of network resources, and at the same time, the service is interrupted due to the handover. The following embodiments of the present invention provide a solution to the problem. FIG. 1B is a flowchart of a measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1B, the method includes:
101、 UE接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告 触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条 件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化 范围小于变化门限。  The UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell. The range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold.
在本实施例中, 基站向 UE发送的测量配置信息除了指示 UE对邻接小区 进行测量之外,该测量配置信息还携带报告触发条件用于指示 UE在满足所述 报告触发条件时进行测量报告的上报。 进一歩, 在本实施例中, 为了解决基 站根据测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理时, 可能控制 UE频繁进行小区 切换等问题,基站发送给 UE的报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件。可选的, 该信号变化触发条件可以为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质 量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门限,也就是说当 UE监视到某个邻接小 区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变 化门限时, 才会触发测量报告的上报。 其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度 可以是参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power, 简称为 RSRP) 或接收信道功率指示 (Received Channel Power Indicator, 简称为 RCPI ) , 但不限于此。 邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是参考信号接收质量 (Reference Signal Receiving Quality, 简称为 RSRQ) 或接收信号与噪音 指示 (Received Signal to Noise Indicator, 简称为 RSNI ) , 但不限于此。 其中, RCPI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用于反映 WiFi信 道的干扰情况。 In this embodiment, the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but the measurement configuration information further carries a report trigger condition for instructing the UE to perform a measurement report when the report trigger condition is met. Reported. Further, in this embodiment, in order to solve the problem that the base station performs mobility handover on the UE according to the reporting of the measurement report, the UE may control the UE to frequently perform cell handover, and the report triggering condition sent by the base station to the UE includes a signal change trigger condition. Optionally, the signal change triggering condition may be that the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than a variation threshold in the monitoring period, that is, when the UE monitors the wireless signal receiving strength of a neighboring cell. The reporting of the measurement report is triggered only when the wireless signal reception quality is less than the change threshold during the monitoring period. The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) or Received Channel Power Indicator (RCPI), but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ) or Received Signal to Noise Indicator (RSNI), but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the WiFi letter. The interference situation of the road.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。 举例说明, 假设希望限制的 UE的移动速度是 60千米每小时, 邻 接小区的覆盖半径为 200米, 则 UE移动 200米的距离需要 12秒左右, 则监 视时段应该小于 12秒; 如果监视时段设置为 1秒, 则 1秒移动 16. 7米, 如 果在 16. 7米范围内邻接小区的信号衰减为 X, 则配置的变化门限可以为 x。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto. For example, if the moving speed of the UE that wants to be restricted is 60 kilometers per hour, and the coverage radius of the neighboring cell is 200 meters, the distance that the UE moves 200 meters takes about 12 seconds, and the monitoring period should be less than 12 seconds; Set to 1 second, then 1 second moves 16.7 meters. If the signal attenuation of the neighboring cell is X in the range of 16.7 meters, the configured change threshold can be x.
以 LTE系统为例, 对歩骤 101的有关内容进行说明。 在 LTE系统中, 基 站可以向 UE发送无线资源控制 (Radio Resource Control , 简称为 RRC ) 连 接重配置消息, 该 RRC连接重配消息包含测量配置 (measConfig) 信元, 该 measConfig信元用于配置测量配置信息。 在本实施例中, 该 measConfig信 元中除了已有的测量配置信息外, 增加一种新的报告触发条件, 即信号变化 触发条件, UE只有信号变化触发条件满足时才能触发测量报告。 该信号变化 触发条件, 例如可以包括变化门限和 /或监视时段。信号变化触发条件可以是 频段级的, 即一个频段对应一个信号变化触发条件。 信号变化触发条件也可 以是更详细的小区级的, 即一个频段下的不同小区有些可以配置信号变化触 发条件, 有些可以不配置, 对于配置了信号变化触发条件的小区, 可以配置 不同的变化门限和监视时段。  Taking the LTE system as an example, the related content of step 101 will be described. In the LTE system, the base station may send a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measurement configuration (measConfig) cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure the measurement. Configuration information. In this embodiment, in addition to the existing measurement configuration information, the measConfig cell adds a new report trigger condition, that is, a signal change trigger condition, and the UE can trigger the measurement report only when the signal change trigger condition is satisfied. The signal change trigger condition, for example, may include a change threshold and/or a monitoring period. The signal change trigger condition can be at the band level, that is, one band corresponds to one signal change trigger condition. The signal change triggering condition may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with a signal change trigger condition, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with a signal change trigger condition, different change thresholds may be configured. And monitoring time.
102、 UE根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量。 UE接收到基站发送的测量配置信息后, 根据该测量配置信息的指示, 对 邻接小区的信号进行测量。 所述邻接小区可以包括但不限于: 微小区 (Pico cel l ) 、 小小区 (smal l cel l ) 、 WiFi接入点和宏小区。 103、 当 UE确定的测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件 时, 生成测量报告并向基站上报所述测量报告。 102. The UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell. After receiving the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the indication of the measurement configuration information. The neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (smal l cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell. 103. When the measurement result determined by the UE is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition, generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station.
在本实施例中, UE在信号变化触发条件指定的监视时段内监视邻接小区 的信号变化, 并根据对邻接小区的测量结果, 判断所述邻接小区是否满足所 述信号变化触发条件, 在判断结果为满足时, 生成测量报告并向基站上报所 述测量报告。 所述测量报告包含触发测量报告的小区(可能是一个或多个) , 以及小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量,例如可以是 RSRP或 RSRQ 等信息。  In this embodiment, the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period specified by the signal change triggering condition, and determines whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell, in the judgment result. To be satisfied, a measurement report is generated and reported to the base station. The measurement report includes a cell (possibly one or more) that triggers the measurement report, and a radio signal reception strength or radio signal reception quality of the cell, for example, information such as RSRP or RSRQ.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告主要用于所述基站确定是否将 所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  In this embodiment, the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
在本实施例中, UE在邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量 在监视时段内的变化范围大于或等于变化门限时不会上报测量报告, 也就是 说, UE在处于中、 高速运动状态时不会上报测量报告, 而只有在邻接小区的 无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门 限时才上报测量报告,也就是说 UE只有在处于低速运动或静止状态时才会向 基站上报测量报告, 对基站来说, 在收到 UE上报的测量报告后, 才对 UE进 行移动性管理, 例如控制 UE进行小区切换, 或增加触发测量报告的小区作为 辅小区 (SCel l )等, 与现有技术相比, 本实施例提供的方法解决了现有技术 存在的 UE处于中、 高速移动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题, 有利于减少 基站基于测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换,有利于 节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  In this embodiment, the UE does not report the measurement report when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is greater than or equal to the change threshold, that is, the UE is in the middle and high speed motion. The measurement report is not reported in the state, and the measurement report is reported only when the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell or the wireless signal reception quality changes within the monitoring period is smaller than the variation threshold, that is, the UE is only at low speed or stationary. The measurement report is reported to the base station, and the base station performs mobility management on the UE after receiving the measurement report reported by the UE, for example, controlling the UE to perform cell handover, or adding a cell that triggers the measurement report as the secondary cell. (SCel l), etc. Compared with the prior art, the method provided in this embodiment solves the problem that the UE in the prior art frequently performs cell handover in a medium-and high-speed mobile scenario, and is beneficial to reducing the base station based on the measurement report. The UE performs unnecessary switching caused by the mobility management process, which is advantageous. Save network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
在图 1B所示实施例的一种可选实施方式中,所述测量配置信息携带的报 告触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件。 基于此, 所述方法还包括: UE 根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量, 确定所述邻接 小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。 其中, 本发明实施例对 UE根据所述 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区满足 所述信号强度 /质量触发条件的歩骤, 与 UE确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号 变化触发条件的歩骤之间的先后顺序不做限定。  In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1B, the report triggering condition carried by the measurement configuration information further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition. Based on this, the method further includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell. In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE determines, according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition, and determines that the neighboring cell is satisfied by the UE. The sequence between the steps of the signal change trigger condition is not limited.
其中, UE根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件的过程包括: UE 根 据基站下发的所述信号强度 /质量触发条件,测量邻接小区的信号得到该邻接 小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量, 基于测量到的邻接小区的无 线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述信号强 度 /质量触发条件。 举例说明, 对于 A3测量事件, UE根据基站下发的所述信 号强度 /质量触发条件, 测量邻接小区的信号得到该邻接小区的 RSRP, 在判 断是否触发测量报告时, UE首先判断测量的邻接小区的 RSRP 比服务小区的 RSRP 是否高出指定门限, 如果判断结果为是, 且在基站还配置了时间触发 ( Time To Trigger ) 机制的情况下, UE进一歩判断在配置的触发时间内是 否一直满足邻接小区的 RSRP比服务小区的 RSRP高出指定门限, 如果是, 则 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。 The process of determining, by the UE, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition according to the radio signal receiving strength or the radio signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell includes: According to the signal strength/quality triggering condition sent by the base station, the signal of the neighboring cell is measured to obtain the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, based on the measured wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell. Determining whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition. For example, for the A3 measurement event, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the signal strength/quality triggering condition sent by the base station to obtain the RSRP of the neighboring cell. When determining whether to trigger the measurement report, the UE first determines the measured neighboring cell. If the RSRP is higher than the specified threshold of the serving cell, if the judgment result is yes, and the base station is also configured with the Time To Trigger mechanism, the UE further determines whether the configured trigger time has been met. The RSRP of the neighboring cell is higher than the specified threshold by the RSRP of the serving cell, and if yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
在一可选实施方式中, 如图 2A所示, 所述方法包括:  In an optional implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 2A, the method includes:
201、 UE接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告 触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条 件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化 范围小于变化门限。  The UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell. The range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold.
202、 UE根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量。  202. The UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell.
203a, UE根据测量到的邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质 量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。  203a. The UE determines, according to the measured wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
203、 UE确定测量结果是否为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件, 在确定满足时, 执行歩骤 204; 在确定不满足时, 结束此次操作。  203. The UE determines whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition. When the determination is satisfied, step 204 is performed. When the determination is not met, the operation ends.
204、 生成测量报告并向基站上报所述测量报告。  204. Generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station.
上述歩骤 201、 202、 203a和 203可参见图 1B所示实施例的描述, 在此 不再赘述。  The foregoing steps 201, 202, 203a, and 203 can be referred to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1B, and details are not described herein again.
基于上述, UE对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视的启动时机可以分为两种, 下面分别进行说明。  Based on the above, the start timing for the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell can be divided into two types, which will be separately described below.
一种方式是,当邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件满足时或当邻 接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件满足之后, 启动信号变化监视。基于 此, 歩骤 103或歩骤 203中确定测量结果是否为所述邻接小区满足所述信号 变化触发条件的一种实现方式包括: UE在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强 度 /质量触发条件之后,对所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收 质量进行监视, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量 在所述监视时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则 判定所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件, 如果判断结果为否, 则判定 所述邻接小区不满足所述信号变化触发条件。 在该实现方式中, 所述监视时 段为: 自 UE确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件时开始的一 段时间。 One way is to initiate signal change monitoring when the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition or when the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition. Based on this, determining, by step 103 or step 203, whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition Thereafter, wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception to the neighboring cell The quality is monitored, and it is determined whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is smaller than the change threshold in the monitoring period, and if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal The change trigger condition, if the judgment result is no, it is determined that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the signal change trigger condition. In this implementation manner, the monitoring period is: a period of time since the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
上述实现方式的具体过程可以为: UE在确定邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件满足时, 启动信号变化监视, 并启动信号变化监视定时器, 其 定时时长为信号变化触发条件中的监视时段的时间长度,在该定时器超时后, 如果监视到的邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的变化范围 The specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: when determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, the UE starts signal change monitoring, and starts a signal change monitoring timer, where the timing duration is monitoring in a signal change trigger condition. The length of the time period, after the timer expires, if the monitored neighboring cell's wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality varies
(例如这里的变化范围可以是定时器期间, 监视到的无线信号接收强度或无 线信号接收质量的最小值和最大值之间的差值, 或无线信号接收强度或无线 信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值) 小于变化门限, 则触发测量报告的 生成和上报。这种实现方式的优点是 UE只需在实现现有报告触发条件的基础 上进行简单的功能扩展, 由于是在实现现有报告触发条件功能之后扩展针对 信号变化触发条件的判断功能, 因此不需要对实现现有报告触发条件的功能 进行改动, 实现相对简单。 (For example, the variation range here may be the difference between the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or the minimum value and the maximum value of the wireless signal reception quality during the timer, or the maximum value of the wireless signal reception intensity or the wireless signal reception quality. The difference between the minimum values) is less than the change threshold, triggering the generation and reporting of the measurement report. The advantage of this implementation is that the UE only needs to perform simple function expansion on the basis of implementing the existing report trigger condition, and therefore, it is not necessary to extend the judgment function for the signal change trigger condition after implementing the existing report trigger condition function, so It is relatively simple to implement changes to the functionality of the existing report trigger conditions.
另一种方式是, 在对邻接小区进行测量的期间启动对邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的监视, 并保存一段时间内监视到的邻接小 区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量。 基于此, 歩骤 103或歩骤 203 中确定测量结果是否为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件的一种实现 方式包括: UE在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件之后, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段 内的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则判定所述邻接 小区满足所述信号变化触发条件, 如果判断结果为否, 则判定所述邻接小区 不满足所述信号变化触发条件。 在该实现方式中, 所述监视时段为: 到 UE确 定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件时结束的一段时间,也就是 保存监视到邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的一段时间。  Another way is to monitor the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality of the neighboring cell during the measurement of the neighboring cell, and store the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the neighboring cell monitored for a period of time. quality. Based on this, determining, by step 103 or step 203, whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition After determining whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than the change threshold in the monitoring period, if the determination result is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change The trigger condition, if the determination result is no, determines that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the signal change trigger condition. In this implementation manner, the monitoring period is: a period of time when the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, that is, saves the wireless signal receiving strength or wireless signal reception monitored to the neighboring cell. Quality for a while.
上述实现方式的具体过程可以为: UE在对邻接小区进行测量的期间启动 对邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的监视, 并保存一段时 间内监视到的邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量, 当邻接小 区满足所述报告触发条件满足后, 则向后査看监视时段这段时间内保存的邻 接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的变化范围, 将该变化范围 与变化门限进行比较, 如果小于变化门限, 则触发测量报告的生成与上报。 这种实现方式的优点是在确定邻接小区满足信号强度 /质量触发条件之前,对 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量进行监视, 一旦确定邻接 小区满足信号强度 /质量触发条件,可以直接将之前监视到的无线信号接收强 度或无线信号接收质量的变化范围, 与变化门限进行比较, 并及时根据比较 结果上报测量报告, 由于在确定邻接小区满足信号强度 /质量触发条件后不需 要等待对邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的监视, 测量报 告的上报时延较小。 The specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE starts monitoring the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell during the measurement of the neighboring cell, and saves the time period. The radio signal reception strength or the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell monitored in the inter-cell, and when the neighboring cell satisfies the report trigger condition, the radio signal reception strength of the neighboring cell saved in the period of the monitoring period is viewed backward Or the range of variation of the wireless signal reception quality, the change range is compared with the change threshold, and if it is less than the change threshold, the generation and reporting of the measurement report is triggered. The advantage of this implementation is that the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell is monitored before determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition, and once the neighboring cell is determined to satisfy the signal strength/quality triggering condition, Comparing the previously received wireless signal reception strength or the variation range of the wireless signal reception quality with the change threshold, and reporting the measurement report according to the comparison result in time, since it is not necessary to wait after determining that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition The monitoring of the radio signal reception strength or the reception quality of the radio signal of the neighboring cell is small, and the reporting delay of the measurement report is small.
其中,所述信号强度 /质量触发条件为所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度 或无线信号接收质量在触发时间(Time To Trigger) 内一直满足指定的门限。 基于此, 对于第二种情况, 第二监视时间段可以小于或等于触发时间的时长。 优选的, 第二监视时间段可以等于触发时间的时长, 即在启动触发时间对应 的定时器时, 启动信号变化监视。 这种方式可以简化 UE的实现, 对标准影响 较小。  The signal strength/quality trigger condition is that the radio signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or the radio signal reception quality always meets the specified threshold within the time to Trigger. Based on this, for the second case, the second monitoring period can be less than or equal to the duration of the triggering time. Preferably, the second monitoring period may be equal to the duration of the triggering time, that is, when the timer corresponding to the triggering time is started, the signal change monitoring is started. This method can simplify the implementation of the UE and has less impact on the standard.
如图 2B所示, 为本发明实施例与现有技术方案的比较结果。 由图 2B可 见, 本发明实施例中测量报告上报的触发点与现有技术中测量报告上报的触 发点要滞后,从而可以减少基站基于测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理过 程中不必要的管理操作。  As shown in FIG. 2B, it is a comparison result between the embodiment of the present invention and the prior art solution. It can be seen from FIG. 2B that the trigger point reported by the measurement report in the embodiment of the present invention is lagging behind the trigger point reported by the measurement report in the prior art, thereby reducing unnecessary necessity for the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the report of the measurement report. Manage operations.
进一歩可基于上述各实施方式或情况, UE在确定上报测量报告之前, 可 以査看当前邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量是否高于一个 门限, 如果不高于该门限, 则不上报测量报告。  Further, based on the foregoing embodiments or the foregoing, the UE may check whether the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the current neighboring cell is higher than a threshold before determining to report the measurement report. If the threshold is not higher than the threshold, Report the measurement report.
由上述可见, 在本实施例方式中, 触发测量报告除了当前协议规定的需 要满足信号强度 /信号质量触发条件外,还需要满足信号变化触发条件才能触 发测量报告, 即只有认为 UE 处于低速移动或处于静止状态时才上报测量报 告,有利于减少基站基于测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理过程中不必要 的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  It can be seen from the above that in the mode of the embodiment, the triggering measurement report needs to meet the signal strength/signal quality triggering condition as required by the current protocol, and needs to meet the signal change triggering condition to trigger the measurement report, that is, only the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or When the measurement report is reported in the quiescent state, it is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover of the base station to the UE in the mobility management process based on the reporting of the measurement report, which is beneficial to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
图 3为本发明实施例提供的一种测量控制方法的流程图。 如图 3所示, 所述方法包括: FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 3, The method includes:
301、 基站向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告触发 条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条件为 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围 小于变化门限。  301. The base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the neighboring cell. The range of variation of quality during the monitoring period is less than the threshold of variation.
302、基站接收 UE上报的测量报告, 所述测量报告是 UE根据所述测量配 置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为所述邻接 小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。  The base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger. Generated and sent after the condition.
本实施例是从基站的角度进行的描述。在本实施例中, 基站向 UE发送的 测量配置信息除了指示 UE对邻接小区进行测量之外,该测量配置信息还携带 报告触发条件用于指示 UE在满足所述报告触发条件时进行测量报告的上报。 进一歩, 在本实施例中, 为了解决根据 UE上报的测量报告对 UE进行移动性 管理时, 可能控制 UE频繁进行小区切换等问题, 基站发送给 UE的报告触发 条件包括信号变化触发条件。 可选的, 该信号变化触发条件可以为邻接小区 的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化 门限,也就是说当 UE监视到某个邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接 收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门限时,才会触发测量报告的上报。 其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP或 RCPI , 但不限于此。 邻 接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI , 但不限于此。 其中, RCPI 主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情 况。  This embodiment is a description from the perspective of a base station. In this embodiment, the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but the measurement configuration information further carries a report trigger condition for instructing the UE to perform a measurement report when the report trigger condition is met. Reported. Further, in this embodiment, in order to solve the problem that the UE performs mobility handover according to the measurement report reported by the UE, it may control the UE to frequently perform cell handover and the like, and the report trigger condition sent by the base station to the UE includes a signal change trigger condition. Optionally, the signal change triggering condition may be that the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is less than a variation threshold in the monitoring period, that is, when the UE monitors the wireless signal receiving strength of a neighboring cell. The reporting of the measurement report is triggered only when the wireless signal reception quality is less than the change threshold within the monitoring period. The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
所述邻接小区可以包括但不限于: 微小区(Pico cel l )、 小小区(small cel l ) 、 WiFi接入点和宏小区。  The neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。 在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。 举例说明, 假设希望限制的 UE的移动速度是 60千米每小时, 邻 接小区的覆盖半径为 200米, 则 UE移动 200米的距离需要 12秒左右, 则监 视时段应该小于 12秒; 如果监视时段设置为 1秒, 则 1秒移动 16. 7米, 如 果在 16. 7米范围内邻接小区的信号衰减为 X, 则配置的变化门限可以为 x。 In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station may configure the parameters as cell level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol. It is to be noted that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto. For example, if the moving speed of the UE that wants to be restricted is 60 kilometers per hour, and the coverage radius of the neighboring cell is 200 meters, the distance that the UE moves 200 meters takes about 12 seconds, and the monitoring period should be less than 12 seconds; Set to 1 second, then 1 second moves 16.7 meters. If the signal attenuation of the neighboring cell is X in the range of 16.7 meters, the configured change threshold can be x.
以 LTE系统为例, 对歩骤 301有关内容进行说明。 在 LTE系统中, 基站 可以向 UE发送 RRC连接重配置消息, 该 RRC连接重配消息包含 measConfig 信元, 该 measConfig 信元用于配置测量配置信息。 在本实施例中, 该 measConfig信元中除了已有的测量配置信息外,增加一种新的报告触发条件, 即信号变化触发条件, UE只有信号变化触发条件满足时才能触发测量报告。 该信号变化触发条件, 例如可以包括变化门限和 /或监视时段。信号变化触发 条件可以是频段级的, 即一个频段对应一个信号变化触发条件。 信号变化触 发条件也可以是更详细的小区级的, 即一个频段下的不同小区有些可以配置 信号变化触发条件, 有些可以不配置, 对于配置了信号变化触发条件的小区, 可以配置不同的变化门限和监视时段。  Taking the LTE system as an example, the content of step 301 will be described. In the LTE system, the base station may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measConfig cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure measurement configuration information. In this embodiment, in addition to the existing measurement configuration information, the measConfig cell adds a new report trigger condition, that is, a signal change trigger condition, and the UE can trigger the measurement report only when the signal change trigger condition is satisfied. The signal change trigger condition, for example, may include a change threshold and/or a monitoring period. The signal change trigger condition can be at the band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change trigger condition. The signal change triggering condition may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with a signal change trigger condition, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with a signal change trigger condition, different change thresholds may be configured. And monitoring time.
关于 UE接收到测量配置信息后,根据所述测量配置信息进行的操作可参 见图 1B和图 2A所示实施例的描述, 在此不再赘述。  For the operation performed by the UE according to the measurement configuration information, reference may be made to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2A, and details are not described herein again.
基站在向 UE发送测量配置信息后, 会接收到 UE上报的测量报告。 在本 实施例中,基站接收到的测量报告是 UE根据对邻接小区的测量结果判断出所 述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。  After transmitting the measurement configuration information to the UE, the base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE. In this embodiment, the measurement report received by the base station is generated and sent by the UE after determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell.
对基站来说, 在接收到 UE上报的测量报告之后, 可以对 UE进行移动性 管理, 例如控制 UE进行小区切换, 或者将触发测量报告的小区配置为 Scel l 等。 也就是说, 在本实施例中, 所述基站根据 UE上报的测量报告, 确定 UE 是否向所述邻接小区进行切换。  After receiving the measurement report reported by the UE, the UE may perform mobility management on the UE, for example, control the UE to perform cell handover, or configure the cell that triggers the measurement report to be Scel. That is, in this embodiment, the base station determines, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
在本实施例中, 由于 UE只有在邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号 接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门限时才上报测量报告, 即只有 认为 UE处于低速运动状态或静止状态时, 才上报测量报告, 而基站也只接收 到处于低速运动状态或静止状态的 UE发送的测量报告,然后对上报测量报告 的 UE进行移动性管理, 与现有技术相比, 解决了现有技术存在的 UE处于中、 高速移动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题, 有利于减少基站基于测量报告 对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减 少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。 In this embodiment, the UE reports the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, only when the UE is considered to be in a low-speed motion state or a stationary state. The measurement report is reported, and the base station only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then reports the measurement report. Compared with the prior art, the UE solves the problem that the UE in the prior art frequently performs cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios, and is beneficial to reducing the mobility management of the UE by the base station based on the measurement report. Unnecessary switching caused by the process is conducive to saving network resources and reducing business interruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
图 4为本发明实施例提供的又一种测量方法的流程图。 如图 4所示, 所 述方法包括:  FIG. 4 is a flowchart of still another measurement method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
401、 UE接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号 变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示 UE在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息。  401. The UE receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE monitors and reports the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. Monitored signal change information.
在本实施例中, 基站向 UE发送的测量配置信息除了指示 UE对邻接小区 进行测量之外, 为了解决基站根据测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理时, 可能控制 UE频繁进行小区切换等问题, 基站发送给 UE的测量配置信息还包 括有信号变化监视指示信息, 用于指示 UE在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号 变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息, 这样基站可以获知邻接小区的 信号变化情况, 以便于基于邻接小区的信号变化情况有针对性的对 UE进行移 动性管理。  In this embodiment, the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but also needs to control the UE to frequently perform cell handover when the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the report of the measurement report. The measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE further includes signal change monitoring indication information, which is used to indicate that the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information during the monitoring period, so that the base station can learn the neighboring cell. The signal changes in order to facilitate the mobility management of the UE based on the signal changes of the neighboring cells.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配监视时段为 小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 基站可以配置监视时段为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监 视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以是载波。 或者, 所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信息等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP或 RCPI , 但不限于此。 邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI , 但不限于此。其中, RCPI 主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情 况。  The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
以 LTE系统为例, 对歩骤 401的有关内容进行说明。 在 LTE系统中, 基 站可以向 UE发送 RRC连接重配置消息,该 RRC连接重配消息包含 measConf ig 信元, 该 measConfig 信元用于配置测量配置信息。 在本实施例中, 该 measConf ig信元中除了已有的测量配置信息外, 增加一个信号变化监视指示 信息, UE需要根据该信号变化监视指示信息监视邻接小区的信号变化并上报 监视到的信号变化信息。该信号变化监视指示信息, 例如可以包括监视时段。 信号变化监视指示信息可以是频段级的, 即一个频段对应一个信号变化监视 指示信息。 信号变化监视指示信息也可以是更详细的小区级的, 即一个频段 下的不同小区有些可以配置信号变化监视指示信息, 有些可以不配置, 对于 配置了信号变化监视指示信息的小区, 可以配置不同的监视时段。 Taking the LTE system as an example, the related content of step 401 will be described. In the LTE system, the base The station may send an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to the UE, the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message including a measConf ig cell, which is used to configure measurement configuration information. In this embodiment, in addition to the existing measurement configuration information, the measConf ig cell adds a signal change monitoring indication information, and the UE needs to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the signal change monitoring indication information and report the monitored signal. Change information. The signal change monitoring indication information may include, for example, a monitoring period. The signal change monitoring indication information may be at the frequency band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with signal change monitoring indication information, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with signal change monitoring indication information, different configurations may be configured. Monitoring period.
402、 UE根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量。 402. The UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell.
UE接收到基站发送的测量配置信息后, 根据该测量配置信息的指示, 对 邻接小区的信号进行测量。 所述邻接小区可以包括但不限于: 微小区 (Pico cel l ) 、 小小区 ( smal l cel l ) 、 WiFi AP和宏小区。 After receiving the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, the UE measures the signal of the neighboring cell according to the indication of the measurement configuration information. The neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (smal l cel l ), a WiFi AP, and a macro cell.
403、 UE 根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监视所 述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所监视到 的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所述基站。  403. The UE monitors the indication information according to the signal, monitors, in the monitoring period, a signal change of the neighboring cell, and after the monitoring period, generates a measurement report and monitors the neighboring cell that is monitored. Signal change information is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station.
具体的, UE在信号变化监视指示信息指定的监视时段内监视邻接小区的 信号变化, 具体根据在监视时段内对邻接小区的测量结果对邻接小区的信号 变化进行监视, 并在所述监视时段结束后, 生成测量报告并在测量报告中携 带在监视时段内监视到的信号变化信息上报给基站。 所述测量报告包含触发 测量报告的小区 (可能是一个或多个) , 以及小区的无线信号接收强度或无 线信号接收质量等信息。 进一歩, 本实施例的测量报告还包含监视到的触发 测量报告的邻接小区的信号变化信息, 该信号变化信息包括邻接小区的无线 信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 具体的, 邻接小区的信号变化信息例如可以是在监视时段内监视到的该邻接小区的无 线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值, 即可以是无 线信号接收强度的最大值与最小值的差值, 或者可以是无线信号接收质量的 最大值与最小值的差值。 或者, 邻接小区的信号变化信息例如可以是在监视 时段内监视到的该邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大 值和最小值, 即可以是邻接小区的无线信号接收强度的最大值和最小值, 或 者是邻接小区的无线信号接收质量的最大值和最小值。 Specifically, the UE monitors a signal change of the neighboring cell in a monitoring period specified by the signal change monitoring indication information, and specifically monitors a signal change of the neighboring cell according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, and ends at the monitoring period. Then, the measurement report is generated and the signal change information monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station. The measurement report includes a cell (possibly one or more) that triggers the measurement report, and information such as a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the cell. Further, the measurement report of this embodiment further includes signal change information of the neighboring cell of the monitored trigger measurement report, where the signal change information includes a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or a change of the wireless signal reception quality in the monitoring period. range. Specifically, the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, a wireless signal receiving strength. The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value, or may be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception quality. Alternatively, the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a maximum value and a minimum value of the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be the maximum. Value and minimum, or The maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal reception quality of the neighboring cells.
在一可选实施方式中, 所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件, 用于指 示 UE在满足所述报告触发条件时进行测量报告的上报。基于此, 所述方法还 包括: UE确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件。 例如, 在图 4所示实施 例的一种可选实施方式中, 所述报告触发条件包括信号强度 /质量触发条件。 所述信号强度 /质量触发条件为所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信 号接收质量在触发时间 (Time To Trigger) 内一直满足指定的门限。 基于此, UE确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件的过程包括: UE判断所述邻接小 区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在触发时间内是否一直满足指定 的门限, 如果判断结果为是, 判定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件; 如 果判断结果为否, 判定所述邻接小区不满足所述报告触发条件。  In an optional implementation manner, the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition, configured to indicate that the UE performs the reporting of the measurement report when the report triggering condition is met. Based on this, the method further includes: determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition. For example, in an alternative embodiment of the embodiment shown in Figure 4, the report trigger condition includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition. The signal strength/quality trigger condition is that the radio signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or the radio signal reception quality always meets the specified threshold within the time to Trigger. Based on this, the process of determining, by the UE, that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition includes: determining, by the UE, whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality meets the specified threshold in the triggering time, if the determination result is If yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition; if the determining result is no, it is determined that the neighboring cell does not satisfy the report triggering condition.
基于所述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻 接小区满足所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。 或者, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时 间。  Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
在图 4所示实施例的一可选实施方式中, UE对邻接小区的信号变化进行 监视的启动时机可以分为两种, 下面分别进行说明。  In an optional implementation manner of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the start timing of monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell by the UE may be divided into two types, which are separately described below.
一种方式是, 当确定邻接小区满足上述报告触发条件满足时或当确定邻 接小区满足上述报告触发条件满足后, 启动信号变化监视。基于此, 歩骤 403 的一种实现方式包括: UE确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述报告触发条件, 在 确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件后, 生成所述测量报告, 并根据所 述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 将在所述监视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报 告中发送给所述基站。 在该实现方式中, 所述监视时段为: 自 UE确定所述邻 接小区满足所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。  One way is to start signal change monitoring when it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned report triggering condition or when it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the above-mentioned report triggering condition. Based on this, an implementation manner of step 403 includes: determining, by the UE, whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, and after determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generating the measurement report, and according to the Signal change monitoring indication information, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and carrying signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period in the measurement report and sending the signal to the base station . In this implementation manner, the monitoring period is: a period of time since the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
上述实现方式的具体过程可以为: UE确定邻接小区是否满足所述报告触 发条件, 在确定邻接小区满足报告触发条件满足时, 启动信号变化监视, 并 启动信号变化监视定时器, 其定时时长为所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监 视时段, 在该定时器超时后, 触发测量报告的生成与上报, 在该测量报告里 携带有在定时器器件监视到的邻接小区的信号变化信息。 这里上报的信号变 化信息可以是邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与 信号的最小值之差, 也可以就是邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接 收质量的最大值和最小值。这种实现方式的优点是 UE只需在实现现有报告触 发条件的基础上进行简单的功能扩展, 由于是在实现现有报告触发条件功能 之后扩展针对信号变化监视指示信息的指示进行监视的功能, 因此不需要对 实现现有报告触发条件的功能进行改动, 实现简单。 The specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE determines whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, and when determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition, the signal change monitoring is started, and the signal change monitoring timer is started, and the timing duration is The monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information, after the timer expires, triggering generation and reporting of the measurement report, where the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the timer device. The signal reported here is changed The information may be the difference between the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal, or may be the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving quality. The advantage of this implementation is that the UE only needs to perform simple function expansion on the basis of implementing the existing report trigger condition, because it is a function of expanding the indication for the signal change monitoring indication information after implementing the existing report trigger condition function. Therefore, there is no need to modify the functions that implement the existing report trigger conditions, and the implementation is simple.
另一种方式是, 在对邻接小区进行测量的期间启动对邻接小区的信号变 化的监视, 并保存一段时间内监视到的邻接小区的信号变化信息。 基于此, 歩骤 403的一种实现方式包括: UE根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述 监视时段监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述 报告触发条件, 在确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时, 生成所述测 量报告并将在所述监视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所 述测量报告中发送给所述基站。 在该实现方式中, 所述监视时段为: 到 UE确 定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间, 也就是保存监视 到邻接小区的信号变化信息的一段时间。  Alternatively, monitoring of signal changes to neighboring cells is initiated during measurement of neighboring cells, and signal change information of neighboring cells monitored over a period of time is stored. Based on this, an implementation manner of step 403 includes: monitoring, by the UE, monitoring indication information according to the signal, monitoring a signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, and determining whether the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition And determining, when the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, the measurement report, and carrying the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period in the measurement report, and sending the signal to the base station . In this implementation manner, the monitoring period is: a period of time until the UE determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, that is, a period of time for storing signal change information monitored to the neighboring cell.
上述实现方式的具体过程可以为: UE在对邻接小区进行测量的期间启动 对邻接小区的信号变化的监视, 并保存一段时间内监视到的邻接小区的信号 变化信息, 当邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件满足后, 立即触发测量报告的 生成与上报, 并在测量报告里携带之前保存的邻接小区的信号变化信息。 这 种实现方式的优点是在确定邻接小区满足报告触发条件之前, 对邻接小区的 无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量进行监视, 一旦确定邻接小区满足报 告触发条件, 可以直接将之前监视到的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质 量的变化范围, 与变化门限进行比较, 并及时根据比较结果上报测量报告, 由于在确定邻接小区满足报告触发条件后不需要等待对邻接小区的无线信号 接收强度或无线信号接收质量的监视, 测量报告的上报时延较小。  The specific process of the foregoing implementation manner may be: the UE starts monitoring the signal change of the neighboring cell during the measurement of the neighboring cell, and saves the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored within a period of time, when the neighboring cell satisfies the report. After the trigger condition is met, the measurement report is generated and reported immediately, and the signal change information of the previously saved neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report. The advantage of this implementation is that the radio signal reception strength or the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell is monitored before determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the report trigger condition, and once the neighboring cell is determined to meet the report trigger condition, the previously monitored radio can be directly used. The range of change of the signal receiving strength or the receiving quality of the wireless signal is compared with the change threshold, and the measurement report is reported according to the comparison result in time, since it is not necessary to wait for the wireless signal receiving strength or wireless to the neighboring cell after determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the reporting trigger condition Monitoring of signal reception quality, reporting report reporting delay is small.
对于该方式, 监视时段可以小于或等于触发时间的时长。 优选的, 监视 时段的时间长度可以等于触发时间的时长, 即在启动触发时间对应的定时器 时, 启动信号变化监视。 这种方式可以简化 UE的实现, 对标准影响较小。  For this mode, the monitoring period can be less than or equal to the duration of the triggering time. Preferably, the length of the monitoring period may be equal to the duration of the triggering time, that is, when the timer corresponding to the triggering time is started, the signal change monitoring is started. This method can simplify the implementation of the UE and has less impact on the standard.
在此说明, 本实施例的各种实施方式或情况中, UE上报的测量报告中携 带的信号变化信息, 可以是监视时段内监视到的邻接小区的无线信号接收强 度的最大值和最小值, 或, 无线信号接收质量的最大值和最小值, 还可以是 无线信号接收质量的最大值和最小值的差值, 或无线信号接收强度的最大值 和最小值的差值, 还可以是信号变化速率, 即单位时间内的信号变化值。 It is noted that, in various implementations or situations of the embodiment, the signal change information carried in the measurement report reported by the UE may be that the wireless signal received by the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is strong. The maximum value and the minimum value of the degree, or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving quality, may also be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality, or the maximum and minimum values of the wireless signal receiving intensity. The difference can also be the rate of change of the signal, that is, the value of the signal change per unit time.
进一歩可基于上述各实施方式或情况, UE在确定上报测量报告之前, 可 以査看当前邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量是否高于一个 门限, 如果不高于该门限, 则不上报测量报告。  Further, based on the foregoing embodiments or the foregoing, the UE may check whether the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the current neighboring cell is higher than a threshold before determining to report the measurement report. If the threshold is not higher than the threshold, Report the measurement report.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告携带的信号变化信息, 主要用 于所述基站确定是否将所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  It is noted that, in this embodiment, the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
由上述可见, 在本实施例中, UE根据基站下发的测量配置信息对邻接小 区进行测量, 并根据测量配置信息携带的信号变化监视指示信息, 在指定的 监视时段内对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视, 并在邻接小区满足测量配置信 息中的报告触发条件时, 将监视到的信号变化信息携带在测量报告中上报给 基站, 使得基站可以根据测量报告携带的信号变化信息对 UE 进行移动性管 理, 例如如果测量报告携带的信号变化信息表明触发该测量报告的邻接小区 的信号变化小于一定的值, 则认为 UE移动速度较慢或不移动, 则进行小区切 换或增加触发该测量报告的小区作为 SCel l等, 否则不进行小区切换或增加 SCel l , 与现有技术相比, 解决了现有技术存在的 UE处于中、 高速移动等场 景下频繁进行小区切换的问题,有利于减少移动性管理过程中不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and changes the signal of the adjacent cell in the specified monitoring period. The monitoring is performed, and when the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can perform mobility on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report. Management, for example, if the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, if the UE moves at a slower speed or does not move, then perform cell handover or increase the cell that triggers the measurement report. As a SCel l or the like, the cell handover is not performed or the SCel l is added. Compared with the prior art, the problem that the UE in the prior art is frequently performing cell handover in a medium or high-speed mobile scenario is solved, which is advantageous for reducing mobility. Unnecessary switching during management Help conserve network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
图 5为本发明实施例提供的另一种测量控制方法的流程图。如图 5所示, 所述方法包括:  FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another measurement control method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
501、 基站向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号变化 监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示 UE在监视时段内, 对邻 接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息。  501. The base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE monitors and reports the signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. Signal change information to.
502、基站接收 UE发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是 UE根据所述测量配 置信息, 对邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有 UE根据所述信号变化监视指示信息,在所述监视时段内 监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息; 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信 息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时 段内的变化范围。 在本实施例中, 基站向 UE发送的测量配置信息除了指示 UE对邻接小区 进行测量之外, 为了解决基站根据测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理时, 可能控制 UE频繁进行小区切换等问题, 基站发送给 UE的测量配置信息还包 括有信号变化监视指示信息, 用于指示 UE在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号 变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息, 这样基站可以获知邻接小区的 信号变化情况, 以便于基于邻接小区的信号变化情况有针对性的对 UE进行移 动性管理。 502. The base station receives the measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE measures, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell, and generates and sends the signal after the monitoring period, where the measurement report carries the UE. The signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information; wherein the signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal of the neighboring cell The range of variation of the reception quality during the monitoring period. In this embodiment, the measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE not only indicates that the UE performs measurement on the neighboring cell, but also needs to control the UE to frequently perform cell handover when the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the report of the measurement report. The measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE further includes signal change monitoring indication information, which is used to indicate that the UE monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell and reports the monitored signal change information during the monitoring period, so that the base station can learn the neighboring cell. The signal changes in order to facilitate the mobility management of the UE based on the signal changes of the neighboring cells.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配监视时段为 小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 基站可以配置监视时段为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监 视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以是载波。 或者, 所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信息等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP或 RCPI , 但不限于此。 邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI , 但不限于此。其中, RCPI 主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情 况。  The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
以 LTE系统为例, 对歩骤 501的有关内容进行说明。 在 LTE系统中, 基 站可以向 UE发送 RRC连接重配置消息,该 RRC连接重配消息包含 measConf ig 信元, 该 measConfig 信元用于配置测量配置信息。 在本实施例中, 该 measConf ig信元中除了已有的测量配置信息外, 增加一个信号变化监视指示 信息, UE需要根据该信号变化监视指示信息监视邻接小区的信号变化并上报 监视到的信号变化信息。该信号变化监视指示信息, 例如可以包括监视时段。 信号变化监视指示信息可以是频段级的, 即一个频段对应一个信号变化监视 指示信息。 信号变化监视指示信息也可以是更详细的小区级的, 即一个频段 下的不同小区有些可以配置信号变化监视指示信息, 有些可以不配置, 对于 配置了信号变化监视指示信息的小区, 可以配置不同的监视时段。 进一歩, 该测量配置信息还携带报告触发条件, 用于指示 UE在满足所述 报告触发条件时进行测量报告的上报。 基于所述报告触发条件, 所述监视时 段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时开始的一 段时间。 或者, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所 述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间。 Taking the LTE system as an example, the related content of step 501 will be described. In the LTE system, the base station may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC connection reconfiguration message includes a measConf ig cell, and the measConfig cell is used to configure measurement configuration information. In this embodiment, in addition to the existing measurement configuration information, the measConf ig cell adds a signal change monitoring indication information, and the UE needs to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the signal change monitoring indication information and report the monitored signal. Change information. The signal change monitoring indication information may include, for example, a monitoring period. The signal change monitoring indication information may be at the frequency band level, that is, one frequency band corresponds to one signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information may also be a more detailed cell level, that is, some cells in a frequency band may be configured with signal change monitoring indication information, and some may not be configured. For a cell configured with signal change monitoring indication information, different configurations may be configured. Monitoring period. Further, the measurement configuration information further carries a report triggering condition, which is used to indicate that the UE reports the measurement report when the report trigger condition is met. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
关于 UE接收到测量配置信息后,根据所述测量配置信息进行的操作可参 见图 4所示实施例的描述, 在此不再赘述。  For the operation performed by the UE according to the measurement configuration information, refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
基站在向 UE发送测量配置信息后, 会接收到 UE上报的测量报告。 在本 实施例中,基站接收到的测量报告携带有 UE在监视时段内监视到的邻接小区 的信号变化信息, 该信号变化信息包括邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线 信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 具体的, 邻接小区的信号变化 信息例如可以是在监视时段内监视到的该邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无 线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值, 即可以是无线信号接收强度的最 大值与最小值的差值, 或者可以是无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差 值。 或者, 邻接小区的信号变化信息例如可以是在监视时段内监视到的该邻 接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和最小值, 即可以 是邻接小区的无线信号接收强度的最大值和最小值, 或者是邻接小区的无线 信号接收质量的最大值和最小值。  After transmitting the measurement configuration information to the UE, the base station receives the measurement report reported by the UE. In this embodiment, the measurement report received by the base station carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the UE during the monitoring period, where the signal change information includes the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality in the monitoring. The range of variation within the time period. Specifically, the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a difference between a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, a wireless signal receiving strength. The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value, or may be the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal reception quality. Alternatively, the signal change information of the neighboring cell may be, for example, a maximum value and a minimum value of the wireless signal receiving strength or the wireless signal receiving quality of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period, that is, the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be the maximum. The value and the minimum value, or the maximum and minimum values of the radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cells.
进一歩, 基站在接收到 UE上报的测量报告之后, 还可以根据测量报告中 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息, 对 UE进行移动性管理。 例如, 如果测量报告 携带的信号变化信息表明触发该测量报告的邻接小区的信号变化小于一定的 值, 则认为 UE移动速度较慢或不移动, 于是基站控制 UE进行小区切换或增 加触发该测量报告的小区作为 SCel l等,否则基站不控制 UE进行小区切换或 增加 SCel l。 也就是说, 在本实施例中, 所述基站根据所述测量报告携带的 信号变化信息, 确定所述 UE是否向所述邻接小区进行切换。  Further, after receiving the measurement report reported by the UE, the base station may further perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report. For example, if the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, the UE is considered to be slow or not moving, and then the base station controls the UE to perform cell handover or increase triggering the measurement report. The cell is used as SCel l or the like, otherwise the base station does not control the UE to perform cell handover or increase SCel l. That is, in this embodiment, the base station determines, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
由上述可见, 在本实施例中, 基站在向 UE发送的测量配置信息中增加信 号变化监视指示信息,指示 UE在指定的监视时段内对邻接小区的信号变化进 行监视, 并在邻接小区满足测量配置信息中的报告触发条件时, 将监视到的 信号变化信息携带在测量报告中进行上报, 基站根据测量报告携带的信号变 化信息对 UE进行移动性管理, 可以解决现有技术存在的 UE处于中、 高速移 动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题,有利于减少基站基于测量报告对 UE进 行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成 的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。 It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the base station adds the signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell within the specified monitoring period, and satisfies the measurement in the adjacent cell. When the report triggering condition in the configuration information is carried, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting, and the base station performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle. High speed shift The problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving user experience.
图 6为本发明实施例提供的一种 UE的结构示意图。 如图 6所示, 所述 UE包括: 接收模块 61、 测量模块 62、 确定模块 63和上报模块 64。  FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the UE includes: a receiving module 61, a measuring module 62, a determining module 63, and a reporting module 64.
接收模块 61, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携 带有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变 化触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段 内的变化范围小于变化门限。其中,邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP 或 RCPI , 但不限于此。 邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI , 但不限于此。 其中, RCPI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用 于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情况。  The receiving module 61 is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell. Or the wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold. The wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
测量模块 62, 与接收模块 61连接, 用于根据接收模块 61接收的所述测 量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量。 其中, 测量模块 62对邻接小 区的测量结果包括但不限于: 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收 质量。  The measurement module 62 is connected to the receiving module 61, and is configured to measure the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module 61. The measurement result of the measurement module 62 for the adjacent cell includes, but is not limited to, the wireless signal reception strength or the wireless signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
确定模块 63, 与测量模块 62连接, 用于确定测量模块 62的测量结果是 否为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件。具体的, 确定模块 63根据测 量模块 62对所述邻接小区的测量结果,确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述信号 变化触发条件。  The determining module 63 is connected to the measuring module 62, and is configured to determine whether the measurement result of the measuring module 62 satisfies the signal change triggering condition for the neighboring cell. Specifically, the determining module 63 determines, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the measurement module 62, whether the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
上报模块 64, 与确定模块 63连接, 用于在确定模块 63确定出测量模块 62的测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件时, 生成测量报告 并向所述基站上报所述测量报告。  The reporting module 64 is connected to the determining module 63, and configured to generate a measurement report and report the measurement to the base station when the determining module 63 determines that the measurement result of the measurement module 62 is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition. report.
所述邻接小区可以包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区, 但不限于此。  The neighboring cell may include: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell, but is not limited thereto.
进一歩可选的, 所述信号变化触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件。 基于此,确定模块 63还可用于根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线 信号接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。  Further, the signal change trigger condition further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition. Based on this, the determining module 63 is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
基于上述,确定模块 63具体可用于在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强 度 /质量触发条件之后,判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接 收质量在所述监视时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为 是, 则判定所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件。 其中, 所述监视时段 为: 自确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件时开始的一段时 间。 或者, 所述监视时段为: 到确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触 发条件时结束的一段时间。 Based on the foregoing, the determining module 63 is specifically configured to determine, after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, determine a wireless signal receiving strength or a wireless signal connection of the neighboring cell. Whether the range of change of the received quality in the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, and if the result of the determination is yes, determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition. The monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition. Alternatively, the monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告主要用于所述基站确定是否将 所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  In this embodiment, the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
本实施例提供的 UE的各功能模块可用于执行图 1B和图 2A所示方法实施 例的流程, 其具体工作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The function modules of the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2A. The specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的 UE, 触发测量报告除了当前协议规定的需要满足信号强 度 /信号质量触发条件外, 还需要满足信号变化触发条件才能触发测量报告, 即只有认为 UE处于低速移动或处于静止状态时才上报测量报告,有利于减少 基站基于测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  In the UE provided by the embodiment, the triggering measurement report needs to meet the signal strength/signal quality triggering condition as required by the current protocol, and needs to meet the signal change triggering condition to trigger the measurement report, that is, only when the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or at a standstill state Reporting the measurement report is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station based on the measurement report to the UE in the mobility management process, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
图 7为本发明实施例提供的另一种 UE的结构示意图。如图 7所示, 所述 UE包括: 接收器 71、 处理器 72和发射器 73。  FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the UE includes: a receiver 71, a processor 72, and a transmitter 73.
接收器 71, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带 有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化 触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内 的变化范围小于变化门限。 The receiver 71 is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell. Or wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period The range of variation is less than the threshold of variation.
处理器 72, 用于根据接收器 71接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接 小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区是否满足所述信 号变化触发条件时, 生成测量报告。 其中, 处理器 72具体用于根据对邻接小 区的测量结果, 确定所述邻接小区是否满足所述信号变化触发条件, 处理器 72对所述邻接小区的测量结果包括但不限于: 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度 或无线信号接收质量。 其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP 或 RCPI , 但不限于此。 邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI , 但 不限于此。 其中, RCPI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用于 反映 WiFi信道的干扰情况。  The processor 72 is configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver 71, the signal of the neighboring cell, and generate, when determining whether the measurement result is that the neighboring cell meets the signal change trigger condition measurement report. The processor 72 is specifically configured to determine, according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition, and the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the processor 72 includes but is not limited to: wireless of the neighboring cell Signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality. The wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
所述邻接小区可以包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区, 但不限于此。 处理器 72可以是一个中央处理器 (Central Processing Unit , 简称为 CPU) , 或者是特定集成电路 (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, 简称为 ASIC) , 或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个 集成电路。  The neighboring cell may include: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell, but is not limited thereto. The processor 72 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. integrated circuit.
发射器 73, 用于向所述基站上报处理器 72生成的所述测量报告。  The transmitter 73 is configured to report the measurement report generated by the processor 72 to the base station.
进一歩可选的, 所述信号变化触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件。 基于此,处理器 72还可用于根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信 号接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。  Further, the signal change trigger condition further includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition. Based on this, the processor 72 is further configured to determine that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition according to a radio signal reception strength or a radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell.
基于上述,处理器 72用于判断所述邻接小区是否满足所述信号变化触发 条件包括:  Based on the foregoing, the determining, by the processor 72, whether the neighboring cell meets the signal change triggering condition includes:
处理器 72具体可用于在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发 条件之后, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所 述监视时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则判定 所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件。 其中, 所述监视时段为: 自确定 所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件时开始的一段时间。或者, 所 述监视时段为:到确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件时结束 的一段时间。  The processor 72 is specifically configured to determine, after determining that the neighboring cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition, whether the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality is smaller than the range of the monitoring period The threshold of change, if the result of the determination is yes, it is determined that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition. The monitoring period is: a period of time since the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality triggering condition. Alternatively, the monitoring period is: a period of time until the determining that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。 In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station can configure these parameters as cell level parameters. The number, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告主要用于所述基站确定是否将 所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  In this embodiment, the measurement report is used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
进一歩, 如图 7所示, 所述 UE还可以包括: 存储器 74, 用于存储程序。 具体的, 程序可以包括程序代码, 所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。 可选 的, 处理器 72还可用于执行存储器 74存储的程序来完成上述功能。  Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the UE may further include: a memory 74, configured to store a program. Specifically, the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions. Optionally, the processor 72 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 74 to perform the above functions.
存储器 74 可以包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可以包括非易失性存储器 The memory 74 may include a high speed RAM memory or may include a nonvolatile memory.
(non-volati le memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。 (non-volati le memory), such as at least one disk storage.
可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果接收器 71、 处理器 72、 发射器 73和存储 器 74独立实现, 则接收器 71、 处理器 72、 发射器 73和存储器 74可以通过 总线相互连接并完成相互间的通信。 所述总线可以是工业标准体系结构 ( Industry Standard Architecture , 简称为 ISA ) 总线、 外部设备互连 ( Peripheral Component , 简称为 PCI ) 总线或扩展工业标准体系结构 ( Extended Industry Standard Architecture , 简禾尔为 EISA) 总线等。 所 述总线可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于表示, 图 7中仅 用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。  Optionally, in a specific implementation, if the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 are implemented independently, the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete each other. Communication between. The bus may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (Essence Industry Standard Architecture) ) Bus, etc. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果接收器 71、 处理器 72、 发射器 73和存储 器 74集成在一块芯片上实现, 则接收器 71、 处理器 72、 发射器 73和存储器 74可以通过内部接口完成相同间的通信。  Optionally, in a specific implementation, if the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 are integrated on one chip, the receiver 71, the processor 72, the transmitter 73, and the memory 74 can pass through an internal interface. Complete the same communication.
本实施例提供的 UE可用于执行图 1B和图 2A所示方法实施例的流程,其 具体工作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 2A. The specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的 UE, 触发测量报告除了当前协议规定的需要满足信号强 度 /信号质量触发条件外, 还需要满足信号变化触发条件才能触发测量报告, 即只有认为 UE处于低速移动或处于静止状态时才上报测量报告,有利于减少 基站基于测量报告的上报对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。 The UE provided in this embodiment triggers the measurement report to meet the signal strength in addition to the requirements specified in the current protocol. In addition to the triggering condition of the signal/signal quality, the signal change trigger condition is also required to trigger the measurement report, that is, the measurement report is reported only when the UE is considered to be moving at a low speed or in a static state, which is advantageous for reducing the base station to move the UE based on the report of the measurement report. Unnecessary switching caused by the sexual management process is conducive to saving network resources and reducing business interruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
图 8为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图。 如图 8所示, 所述 基站包括: 发送模块 81和接收模块 82。  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the base station includes: a sending module 81 and a receiving module 82.
发送模块 81, 用于向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有 报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触 发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的 变化范围小于变化门限。  The sending module 81 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or The wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold.
接收模块 82, 与发送模块 81连接, 用于在发送模块 81发送所述测量配 置信息之后, 接收所述 UE上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述 UE根据所 述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为 所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。  The receiving module 82 is connected to the sending module 81, and is configured to: after the transmitting module 81 sends the measurement configuration information, receive a measurement report reported by the UE; the measurement report is that the UE is configured according to the measurement configuration information. The signal of the neighboring cell is measured, and is generated and sent after determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
所述邻接小区可以包括但不限于: 微小区(Pico cel l )、 小小区(small cel l ) 、 WiFi接入点和宏小区。 其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP或 RCPI,但不限于此。邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI, 但不限于此。 其中, RCPI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用 于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情况。  The neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell. The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
进一歩, 如图 8所示, 所述 UE还可以包括: 移动管理模块 83。  Further, as shown in FIG. 8, the UE may further include: a mobility management module 83.
移动管理模块 83, 用于在接收模块 82接收到所述测量报告之后, 基于 所述测量报告对所述 UE 进行移动性管理。 例如, 所述基站的移动管理模块 83可以根据 UE上报的测量报告, 确定 UE是否向所述邻接小区进行切换。  The mobility management module 83 is configured to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report after the receiving module 82 receives the measurement report. For example, the mobility management module 83 of the base station may determine, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。 在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。 In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station may configure the parameters as cell level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure the parameters as the band level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol. It is to be noted that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
本实施例提供的基站的各功能模块可用于执行图 3所示方法实施例的流 程, 其具体工作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The function modules of the base station provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的基站,允许 UE只有在邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无 线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门限时才上报测量报告, 即允许 UE只有在处于低速运动状态或静止状态时, 才上报测量报告, 而本实 施例的基站也只接收到处于低速运动状态或静止状态的 UE发送的测量报告, 然后对上报测量报告的 UE进行移动性管理, 与现有技术相比, 解决了现有技 术存在的 UE处于中、高速移动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题, 有利于减 少基站基于测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换,有利 于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  The base station provided in this embodiment allows the UE to report the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, the UE is allowed to be in a low-speed motion state or still only. In the state, the measurement report is reported, and the base station in this embodiment only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then performs mobility management on the UE that reports the measurement report, compared with the prior art. The problem that the UEs in the prior art are frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handover caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, and is beneficial to saving the network. Resources, reducing business disruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
图 9为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的结构示意图。 如图 9所示, 所 述基站包括: 发射器 91和接收器 92。  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the base station includes: a transmitter 91 and a receiver 92.
发射器 91, 用于向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报 告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发 条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变 化范围小于变化门限。  The transmitter 91 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is a wireless signal reception strength of the neighboring cell or The wireless signal reception quality varies within the monitoring period by less than the variation threshold.
接收器 92, 用于在发射器 91发送所述测量配置信息后, 接收所述 UE上 报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述 UE根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接 小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变 化触发条件后生成并发送的。  The receiver 92 is configured to receive, after the transmitter 91 sends the measurement configuration information, a measurement report that is reported by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell. And generating and transmitting after determining that the measurement result is that the neighboring cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition.
所述邻接小区可以包括但不限于: 微小区(Pico cel l )、 小小区(small cel l ) 、 WiFi接入点和宏小区。 其中, 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度可以是 RSRP或 RCPI,但不限于此。邻接小区的无线信号接收质量可以是 RSRQ或 RSNI, 但不限于此。 其中, RCPI主要用于反映 WiFi信道的信号强度; RSNI主要用 于反映 WiFi信道的干扰情况。  The neighboring cells may include, but are not limited to, a micro cell (Pico cel l ), a small cell (small cel l ), a WiFi access point, and a macro cell. The radio signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell may be RSRP or RCPI, but is not limited thereto. The radio signal reception quality of the neighboring cell may be RSRQ or RSNI, but is not limited thereto. Among them, RCPI is mainly used to reflect the signal strength of the WiFi channel; RSNI is mainly used to reflect the interference of the WiFi channel.
进一歩, 如图 9所示, 所述基站还可以包括: 处理器 93。 处理器 93, 用于在接收器 92接收到所述测量报告之后, 基于所述测量 报告对所述用户设备进行移动性管理。例如, 所述基站的处理器 93可以根据 UE上报的测量报告, 确定 UE是否向所述邻接小区进行切换。 Further, as shown in FIG. 9, the base station may further include: a processor 93. The processor 93 is configured to perform mobility management on the user equipment based on the measurement report after the receiver 92 receives the measurement report. For example, the processor 93 of the base station may determine, according to the measurement report reported by the UE, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
处理器 93可以是一个 CPU, 或者是特定 ASIC, 或者是被配置成实施本发 明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  Processor 93 can be a CPU, or a specific ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
在本实施例中,所述信号变化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配置这些参数为小区级参 数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监 视时段和 /或变化门限可以不同。另外, 基站还可以配置这些参数为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时 段和 /或变化门限可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限和监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the parameters such as the change threshold and the monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station may configure these parameters as cell-level parameters, that is, the monitoring period and/or the change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. In addition, the base station may also configure these parameters as frequency band level parameters, that is, the monitoring time period and/or the change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a change threshold and a monitoring period in the signal change trigger condition may also be specified by a protocol.
在此说明, 所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆盖范 围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 所述信号变 化触发条件中的变化门限可由邻接小区的信号衰减和 UE的移动速度确定,但 不限于此。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change triggering condition may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the larger the coverage of the neighboring cell, the longer the monitoring period. The change threshold in the signal change trigger condition may be determined by signal attenuation of the neighboring cell and the moving speed of the UE, but is not limited thereto.
进一歩, 如图 9所示, 所述基站还可以包括: 存储器 94, 用于存储程序。 具体的, 程序可以包括程序代码, 所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。 可选 的, 处理器 93还可用于执行存储器 94存储的程序来完成上述功能。  Further, as shown in FIG. 9, the base station may further include: a memory 94, configured to store a program. Specifically, the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions. Optionally, the processor 93 can also be used to execute a program stored in the memory 94 to perform the above functions.
存储器 94 可以包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可以包括非易失性存储器 The memory 94 may include a high speed RAM memory or may include a nonvolatile memory.
(non-volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。 (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk storage.
可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果发射器 91、 接收器 92、 处理器 93和存储 器 94独立实现, 则发射器 91、 接收器 92、 处理器 93和存储器 94可以通过 总线相互连接并完成相互间的通信。 所述总线可以是 ISA总线、 PCI 总线或 EISA总线等。 所述总线可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制总线等。 为便于 表示, 图 9中仅用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总 可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果发射器 91、 接收器 92、 处理器 93和存储 器 94集成在一块芯片上实现, 则发射器 91、 接收器 92、 处理器 93和存储器 94可以通过内部接口完成相同间的通信。 本实施例提供的基站可用于执行图 3所示方法实施例的流程, 其具体工 作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。 Alternatively, in a specific implementation, if the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and the memory 94 are implemented independently, the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and the memory 94 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete each other. Communication between. The bus can be an ISA bus, a PCI bus, or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of total optional, in specific implementation, if the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and The memory 94 is integrated on a single chip, and the transmitter 91, the receiver 92, the processor 93, and the memory 94 can perform the same communication through the internal interface. The base station provided in this embodiment may be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3. The specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的基站,允许 UE只有在邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无 线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围小于变化门限时才上报测量报告, 即允许 UE只有在处于低速运动状态或静止状态时, 才上报测量报告, 而本实 施例的基站也只接收到处于低速运动状态或静止状态的 UE发送的测量报告, 然后对上报测量报告的 UE进行移动性管理, 与现有技术相比, 解决了现有技 术存在的 UE处于中、高速移动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题, 有利于减 少基站基于测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换,有利 于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  The base station provided in this embodiment allows the UE to report the measurement report only when the wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period is less than the change threshold, that is, the UE is allowed to be in a low-speed motion state or still only. In the state, the measurement report is reported, and the base station in this embodiment only receives the measurement report sent by the UE in the low-speed motion state or the stationary state, and then performs mobility management on the UE that reports the measurement report, compared with the prior art. The problem that the UEs in the prior art are frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handover caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, and is beneficial to saving the network. Resources, reducing business disruptions, thereby improving the user experience.
图 10为本发明实施例提供的又一种 UE的结构示意图。如图 10所示, 所 述 UE包括: 接收模块 1001、 测量模块 1002和监视上报模块 1003。  FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the UE includes: a receiving module 1001, a measuring module 1002, and a monitoring reporting module 1003.
接收模块 1001, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息 包括有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用 户设备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号 变化信息。  The receiving module 1001 is configured to receive measurement configuration information that is sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the monitoring period, to the neighboring cell. The signal changes are monitored and the monitored signal change information is reported.
测量模块 1002, 与接收模块 1001连接, 用于根据接收模块 1001接收的 所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量。  The measurement module 1002 is connected to the receiving module 1001, and is configured to measure the signal of the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module 1001.
监视上报模块 1003, 与测量模块 1002和接收模块 1001连接, 用于根据 接收模块 1001接收的所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监视 所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所监视 到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所述基站。 监视上报模块 1003具体可根据测量模块 1002在所述监视时段内对所述邻接 小区的测量结果, 来监视所述邻接小区的信号变化。 其中, 所述邻接小区的 信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在 所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The monitoring and reporting module 1003 is connected to the measurement module 1002 and the receiving module 1001, and is configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information received by the receiving module 1001, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and After the monitoring period, the measurement report is generated and the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station. The monitoring and reporting module 1003 may specifically monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell according to the measurement result of the neighboring cell by the measurement module 1002 during the monitoring period. The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
进一歩, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区 的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值。 或者 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 在一可选实施方式中, 所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件。 基于所 述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足 所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。则监视上报模块 1003具体可用于在确 定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件后, 生成所述测量报告, 并根据所述 信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 将 在所述监视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告 中发送给所述基站。 或者 Further, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a monitored difference between a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a maximum value and a minimum value of a wireless signal receiving quality. Or the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal. In an optional implementation manner, the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. The monitoring and reporting module 1003 is specifically configured to: after determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generate the measurement report, and monitor the indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the signal of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. And changing, the signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored in the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station. or
基于所述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻 接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间。则监视上报模块 1003具体 可用于根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内监视所述邻接小 区的信号变化, 在确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时, 生成所述测 量报告并将在所述监视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所 述测量报告中发送给所述基站。  Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition. The monitoring and reporting module 1003 is specifically configured to monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate the measurement when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition Reporting and carrying signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配监视时段为 小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 基站可以配置监视时段为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监 视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, the signal change monitoring parameter such as a monitoring period in the indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
在本实施例中, 所述邻接小区包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 / 或宏小区。  In this embodiment, the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告携带的信号变化信息, 主要用 于所述基站确定是否将所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  It is noted that, in this embodiment, the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
本实施例提供的 UE 的各功能模块可用于执行图 4所示方法实施例的流 程, 其具体工作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The function modules of the UE provided in this embodiment can be used to execute the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的 UE,根据基站下发的测量配置信息对邻接小区进行测量, 并根据测量配置信息携带的信号变化监视指示信息, 在指定的监视时段内对 邻接小区的信号变化进行监视, 并在邻接小区满足测量配置信息中的报告触 发条件时, 将监视到的信号变化信息携带在测量报告中上报给基站, 使得基 站可以根据测量报告携带的信号变化信息对 UE进行移动性管理,例如如果测 量报告携带的信号变化信息表明触发该测量报告的邻接小区的信号变化小于 一定的值, 则认为 UE移动速度较慢或不移动, 则进行小区切换或增加触发该 测量报告的小区作为 SCell等, 否则不进行小区切换或增加 SCell , 与现有 技术相比, 解决了现有技术存在的 UE处于中、高速移动等场景下频繁进行小 区切换的问题,有利于减少基站基于测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造 成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高 用户体验。 The UE provided in this embodiment performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and is in the specified monitoring period. The signal change of the neighboring cell is monitored, and when the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can change the signal according to the signal carried by the measurement report. Performing mobility management on the UE. For example, if the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, if the UE moves at a slow speed or does not move, the cell handover or the trigger is added. The cell of the measurement report is used as the SCell or the like. Otherwise, the cell handover is not performed or the SCell is added. Compared with the prior art, the problem that the UE in the prior art is frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to the problem. The unnecessary handover caused by the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report is reduced, which is beneficial to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving user experience.
图 11为本发明实施例提供的又一种 UE的结构示意图。如图 11所示, 所 述 UE包括: 接收器 1101、 处理器 1102和发射器 1103。  FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the UE includes: a receiver 1101, a processor 1102, and a transmitter 1103.
接收器 1101, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包 括有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户 设备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变 化信息。  The receiver 1101 is configured to receive measurement configuration information that is sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the monitoring period, to the neighboring cell. The signal changes are monitored and the monitored signal change information is reported.
处理器 1102, 用于根据接收器 1101接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述 邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视 时段内, 监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报 告并将所监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中。 其 中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或 无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。  The processor 1102 is configured to measure, according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver 1101, a signal of the neighboring cell, and monitor indication information according to the signal change, and monitor the neighboring cell in the monitoring period. The signal changes, and after the monitoring period, generates a measurement report and carries the monitored signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report. The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
进一歩, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区 的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值。 或者 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。  Further, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality. Or the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
处理器 1102可以是一个 CPU, 或者是特定 ASIC, 或者是被配置成实施本 发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  Processor 1102 can be a CPU, or a specific ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
发射器 1103, 用于将处理器 1102生成的所述测量报告发送给所述基站。 在一可选实施方式中, 所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件。 基于所 述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足 所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。处理器 1102具体可用于在确定所述邻 接小区满足所述报告触发条件时, 生成所述测量报告, 并根据所述信号变化 监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 将在所述监 视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中。 或者 基于所述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻 接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间。则处理器 1102具体可用于 根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段监视所述邻接小区的信号 变化, 在确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时, 生成所述测量报告并 将在所述监视时段监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报 告中。 The transmitter 1103 is configured to send the measurement report generated by the processor 1102 to the base station. In an optional implementation manner, the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition. Based on The report triggering condition is: the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition. The processor 1102 is specifically configured to: when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition, generate the measurement report, and monitor, according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell in the monitoring period, The signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report. Or based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition. The processor 1102 is specifically configured to: according to the signal change monitoring indication information, monitor a signal change of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period, and generate the measurement report when determining that the neighboring cell meets the report trigger condition The signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored during the monitoring period is carried in the measurement report.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 基站可以配监视时段为 小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 基站可以配置监视时段为频段级参 数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监 视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, the monitoring period and the signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to the application scenario. For example, the base station can be configured with the monitoring period as the cell level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band can be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as the frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cell in the different working frequency band may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, the signal change monitoring parameter such as a monitoring period in the indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
在本实施例中, 所述邻接小区包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 / 或宏小区。  In this embodiment, the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
在此说明, 在本实施例中, 所述测量报告携带的信号变化信息, 主要用 于所述基站确定是否将所述 UE向所述邻接小区进行切换。  It is noted that, in this embodiment, the signal change information carried by the measurement report is mainly used by the base station to determine whether to switch the UE to the neighboring cell.
进一歩, 如图 11所示, 所述基站还可以包括: 存储器 1104, 用于存储 程序。 具体的, 程序可以包括程序代码, 所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。 可选的,处理器 1103还可用于执行存储器 1104存储的程序来完成上述功能。  Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the base station may further include: a memory 1104, configured to store a program. Specifically, the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions. Optionally, the processor 1103 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 1104 to perform the foregoing functions.
存储器 1104 可以包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可以包括非易失性存储器 (non-volati le memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。  The memory 1104 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk memory.
可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果接收器 1101、 处理器 1102、 发射器 1103 和存储器 1104独立实现, 则接收器 1101、 处理器 1102、 发射器 1103和存储 器 1104可以通过总线相互连接并完成相互间的通信。所述总线可以是 ISA总 线、 PCI总线或 EISA总线等。 所述总线可以分为地址总线、 数据总线、 控制 总线等。 为便于表示, 图 11中仅用一条粗线表示, 但并不表示仅有一根总线 或一种类型的总线。 Optionally, in a specific implementation, if the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, and the transmitter 1103 Independently implemented by the memory 1104, the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 can be connected to each other through a bus and complete communication with each other. The bus can be an ISA bus, a PCI bus, or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可选的, 在具体实现上, 如果接收器 1101、 处理器 1102、 发射器 1103 和存储器 1104集成在一块芯片上实现, 则接收器 1101、 处理器 1102、 发射 器 1103和存储器 1104可以通过内部接口完成相同间的通信。  Optionally, in a specific implementation, if the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 are integrated on one chip, the receiver 1101, the processor 1102, the transmitter 1103, and the memory 1104 can pass through an internal interface. Complete the same communication.
本实施例提供的 UE可用于执行图 4所示方法实施例的流程,其具体工作 原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The UE provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的 UE,根据基站下发的测量配置信息对邻接小区进行测量, 并根据测量配置信息携带的信号变化监视指示信息, 在指定的监视时段内对 邻接小区的信号变化进行监视, 并在邻接小区满足测量配置信息中的报告触 发条件时, 将监视到的信号变化信息携带在测量报告中上报给基站, 使得基 站可以根据测量报告携带的信号变化信息对 UE进行移动性管理,例如如果测 量报告携带的信号变化信息表明触发该测量报告的邻接小区的信号变化小于 一定的值, 则认为 UE移动速度较慢或不移动, 则进行小区切换或增加触发该 测量报告的小区作为 SCel l等, 否则不进行小区切换或增加 SCel l , 与现有 技术相比, 解决了现有技术存在的 UE处于中、高速移动等场景下频繁进行小 区切换的问题,有利于减少基站基于测量报告对 UE进行移动性管理过程中造 成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成的业务中断, 从而提高 用户体验。  The UE provided in this embodiment performs measurement on the neighboring cell according to the measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and monitors the indication information according to the signal change carried in the measurement configuration information, and monitors the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and When the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition in the measurement configuration information, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report and reported to the base station, so that the base station can perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, for example, if If the signal change information carried in the measurement report indicates that the signal change of the neighboring cell that triggers the measurement report is less than a certain value, if the UE moves at a slow speed or does not move, the cell handover is performed or the cell that triggers the measurement report is added as the SCel l or the like. Otherwise, the cell handover is not performed or the SCel l is added. Compared with the prior art, the problem that the UE in the prior art is frequently performing cell handover in the medium and high-speed mobile scenarios is solved, which is beneficial to reducing the base station based on the measurement report to the UE. In the process of mobility management Unnecessary switch, help conserve network resources, reduce business interruption, thereby improving the user experience.
图 12为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站的结构示意图。 如图 12所示, 所述基站包括: 发送模块 1201和接收模块 1202。  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the base station includes: a sending module 1201 and a receiving module 1202.
发送模块 1201, 用于向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括 有信号变化监视指示信息,所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述 UE在监 视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息。  The sending module 1201 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE changes the signal of the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. Monitor and report the monitored signal change information.
接收模块 1202, 与发送模块 1201连接, 用于在发送模块 1201发送所述 测量配置信息后, 接收所述 UE发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述 UE根 据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所述监视时段 后生成并发送的,所述测量报告携带有所述 UE根据所述信号变化监视指示信 息, 在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息。 其中, 所述 邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号 接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 The receiving module 1202 is connected to the sending module 1201, and is configured to: after the transmitting module 1201 sends the measurement configuration information, receive a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE is configured according to the measurement configuration information. The signal of the adjacent cell is measured, and during the monitoring period And generating and transmitting, the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell that is monitored by the UE according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period. The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
进一歩, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区 的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值。 或者 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。  Further, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality. Or the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
在一可选实施方式中, 所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件。 基于所 述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足 所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。 或者, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户 设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间。  In an optional implementation manner, the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
在一可选实施方式中, 如图 12所示, 所述基站还可以包括: 移动管理模 块 1203。  In an optional implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 12, the base station may further include: a mobility management module 1203.
移动管理模块 1203, 与接收模块 1202连接, 用于根据接收模块 1202接 收的所述测量报告中所述邻接小区的信号变化信息,对所述 UE进行移动性管 理。例如, 所述基站的移动管理模块 1203可以根据所述测量报告携带的信号 变化信息, 确定所述 UE是否向所述邻接小区进行切换。  The mobility management module 1203 is connected to the receiving module 1202, and is configured to perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report received by the receiving module 1202. For example, the mobility management module 1203 of the base station may determine, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由所述基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 所述基站可以配监 视时段为小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变 化监视指示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 所述基站可以配置监视时 段为频段级参数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信 号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to an application scenario. For example, the base station may be configured with a monitoring period as a cell level parameter, that is, a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as a frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
在本实施例中, 所述邻接小区包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 / 或宏小区。  In this embodiment, the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
本实施例提供的基站的各功能模块可用于执行图 5所示方法实施例的流 程, 其具体工作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。 The functional modules of the base station provided in this embodiment may be used to execute the flow of the method embodiment shown in FIG. The specific working principle of the process is not described here. For details, please refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的基站,在向 UE发送的测量配置信息中增加信号变化监视 指示信息, 指示 UE在指定的监视时段内对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视, 并 在邻接小区满足测量配置信息中的报告触发条件时, 将监视到的信号变化信 息携带在测量报告中进行上报, 本实施例的基站根据测量报告携带的信号变 化信息对 UE进行移动性管理, 可以解决现有技术存在的 UE处于中、 高速移 动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题,有利于减少基站基于测量报告对 UE进 行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成 的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。  The base station provided in this embodiment adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and the adjacent cell satisfies the measurement configuration information. When the triggering condition is reported, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting. The base station in this embodiment performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle. The problem of frequent cell handover in scenarios such as high-speed mobility is beneficial to reducing unnecessary handovers caused by the base station in the mobility management process of the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving users. Experience.
图 13为本发明实施例提供的又一种基站的结构示意图。 如图 13所示, 所述基站包括: 发射器 1301和接收器 1302。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the base station includes: a transmitter 1301 and a receiver 1302.
发射器 1301, 用于向 UE发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有 信号变化监视指示信息,所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述 UE在监视 时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息。  The transmitter 1301 is configured to send measurement configuration information to the UE, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, where the signal change monitoring indication information is used to indicate that the UE changes signal to the neighboring cell during the monitoring period. Monitor and report the monitored signal change information.
接收器 1302, 用于在发射器 1301发送所述测量配置信息之后, 接收所 述 UE发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述 UE根据所述测量配置信息, 对 所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测 量报告携带有所述 UE根据所述信号变化监视指示信息,在所述监视时段内监 视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息。 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息 包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段 内的变化范围。  The receiver 1302 is configured to receive, after the transmitter 1301 sends the measurement configuration information, a measurement report sent by the UE, where the measurement report is that the UE performs, according to the measurement configuration information, a signal of the neighboring cell. The measurement report is generated and sent after the monitoring period, and the measurement report carries signal change information of the neighboring cell monitored by the UE according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period. The signal change information of the neighboring cell includes a wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or a variation range of a wireless signal receiving quality within the monitoring period.
进一歩, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区 的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值。 或者 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。  Further, the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: a difference between the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value and the minimum value of the wireless signal receiving quality. Or the signal change information of the neighboring cell is specifically: the monitored wireless signal receiving strength of the neighboring cell or the maximum value of the wireless signal receiving quality and the minimum value of the signal.
在一可选实施方式中, 所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件。 基于所 述报告触发条件, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足 所述报告触发条件时开始的一段时间。 或者, 所述监视时段为: 到所述用户 设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发条件时结束的一段时间。  In an optional implementation manner, the measurement configuration information further includes a report trigger condition. Based on the report triggering condition, the monitoring period is: a period of time from when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell satisfies the report triggering condition. Or the monitoring period is: a period of time when the user equipment determines that the neighboring cell meets the report triggering condition.
在一可选实施方式中,如图 13所示,所述基站还可以包括:处理器 1303。 处理器 1303, 用于根据接收器 1302接收的所述测量报告中所述邻接小 区的信号变化信息, 对所述 UE 进行移动性管理。 例如, 所述基站的处理器 1303可以根据所述测量报告携带的信号变化信息, 确定所述 UE是否向所述 邻接小区进行切换。 In an optional implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 13, the base station may further include: a processor 1303. The processor 1303 is configured to perform mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information of the neighboring cell in the measurement report received by the receiver 1302. For example, the processor 1303 of the base station may determine, according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, whether the UE performs handover to the neighboring cell.
处理器 1303可以是一个 CPU, 或者是特定 ASIC, 或者是被配置成实施本 发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。  Processor 1303 can be a CPU, or a particular ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
在本实施例中, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段和信号变化信 息等参数, 可由所述基站根据应用场景灵活配置。 例如, 所述基站可以配监 视时段为小区级参数, 也就是说同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变 化监视指示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 又例如, 所述基站可以配置监视时 段为频段级参数, 也就是说不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化监视指 示信息中的监视时段可以不同。 其中, 工作频段可以为载波。 或者, 所述信 号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段等参数, 也可由协议规定。  In this embodiment, parameters such as a monitoring period and signal change information in the signal change monitoring indication information may be flexibly configured by the base station according to an application scenario. For example, the base station may be configured with a monitoring period as a cell level parameter, that is, a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to different cells of the same working frequency band may be different. For another example, the base station may configure the monitoring period as a frequency band level parameter, that is, the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information corresponding to the cells in different working frequency bands may be different. The working frequency band can be a carrier. Alternatively, parameters such as a monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may also be specified by an agreement.
在此说明, 所述信号变化监视指示信息中的监视时段可由邻接小区的覆 盖范围确定, 一般是邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。  It is noted herein that the monitoring period in the signal change monitoring indication information may be determined by the coverage range of the neighboring cell. Generally, the coverage of the neighboring cell is larger, and the monitoring period is longer.
在本实施例中, 所述邻接小区包括: WiFi 接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 / 或宏小区。  In this embodiment, the neighboring cell includes: a WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell, and/or a macro cell.
进一歩, 如图 13所示, 所述基站还可以包括: 存储器 1304, 用于存储 程序。 具体的, 程序可以包括程序代码, 所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。  Further, as shown in FIG. 13, the base station may further include: a memory 1304, configured to store a program. Specifically, the program may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
存储器 1304 可以包含高速 RAM 存储器, 也可以包括非易失性存储器 The memory 1304 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory.
(non-volatile memory) , 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。 (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk storage.
可选的, 处理器 1303还可用于执行存储器 1304存储的程序来完成上述 功能。  Optionally, the processor 1303 is further configured to execute a program stored in the memory 1304 to perform the foregoing functions.
本实施例提供的基站可用于执行图 5所示方法实施例的流程, 其具体工 作原理不再赘述, 详见方法实施例的描述。  The base station provided in this embodiment can be used to perform the process of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5. The specific working principle is not described here. For details, refer to the description of the method embodiment.
本实施例提供的基站,在向 UE发送的测量配置信息中增加信号变化监视 指示信息, 指示 UE在指定的监视时段内对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视, 并 在邻接小区满足测量配置信息中的报告触发条件时, 将监视到的信号变化信 息携带在测量报告中进行上报, 本实施例的基站根据测量报告携带的信号变 化信息对 UE进行移动性管理, 可以解决现有技术存在的 UE处于中、 高速移 动等场景下频繁进行小区切换的问题,有利于减少基站基于测量报告对 UE进 行移动性管理过程中造成的不必要的切换, 有利于节约网络资源, 减少造成 的业务中断, 从而提高用户体验。 The base station provided in this embodiment adds signal change monitoring indication information to the measurement configuration information sent to the UE, and instructs the UE to monitor the signal change of the neighboring cell in the specified monitoring period, and the adjacent cell satisfies the measurement configuration information. When the triggering condition is reported, the monitored signal change information is carried in the measurement report for reporting. The base station in this embodiment performs mobility management on the UE according to the signal change information carried in the measurement report, which can solve the problem that the UE existing in the prior art is in the middle. High speed shift The problem of frequent cell handover in a scenario is beneficial to reduce the unnecessary handover caused by the base station to perform mobility management on the UE based on the measurement report, which is conducive to saving network resources and reducing service interruption, thereby improving user experience.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分歩骤 可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成, 前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读 取存储介质中, 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述方法实施例的歩骤; 而前述 的存储介质包括: R0M、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。  A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be implemented by hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, when executed, The steps of the foregoing method embodiments are performed; and the foregoing storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes, such as ROM, RAM, disk or optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。  Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种测量方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A measurement method, characterized by including:
用户设备接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告 触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条 件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化 范围小于变化门限; The user equipment receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station. The measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition. The report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition. The signal change trigger condition is the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception of the adjacent cell. The change range of quality within the monitoring period is less than the change threshold;
所述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息,对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量; 当所述用户设备确定的测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发 条件时, 生成测量报告并向所述基站上报所述测量报告。 The user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information; when the measurement result determined by the user equipment is that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition, generates a measurement report and reports it to the adjacent cell. The base station reports the measurement report.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区的覆盖 范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 2. The measurement method according to claim 1, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述变化门限由 所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户设备的移动速度确定。 3. The measurement method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the change threshold is determined by the signal attenuation of the adjacent cell and the moving speed of the user equipment.
4、 根据权利要求 1-3中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接 小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 4. The measurement method according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
5、 根据权利要求 1-4中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述报告 触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件; 5. The measurement method according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that the report trigger condition also includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition;
所述方法还包括: The method also includes:
所述用户设备根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质 量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。 The user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition based on the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备确定所 述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件, 包括: 6. The measurement method according to claim 5, wherein the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition, including:
所述用户设备在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件之 后, 判断所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视 时段的变化范围是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则判定所述邻 接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件; After determining that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition, the user equipment determines whether the change range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell during the monitoring period is less than the change threshold. , if the judgment result is yes, it is judged that the adjacent cell meets the signal change triggering condition;
其中, 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述信 号强度 /质量触发条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 Wherein, the monitoring period is: a period of time starting when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition; or
所述监视时段为:到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 / 质量触发条件时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: a period of time that ends when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
7、 根据权利要求 1-6中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或 变化门限不同。 7. The measurement method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the monitoring period and/or change threshold in the signal change trigger conditions corresponding to cells in different operating frequency bands are different.
8、 根据权利要求 1-7中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 8. The measurement method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, the monitoring period and the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same operating frequency band
/或变化门限不同。 /or the change thresholds are different.
9、 一种测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 9. A measurement control method, characterized by including:
基站向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有报告触发 条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触发条件为 邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的变化范围 小于变化门限; The base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment. The measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition. The report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition. The signal change trigger condition is the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell. The change range within the monitoring period is smaller than the change threshold;
所述基站接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述用户 设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出 测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。 The base station receives the measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is the signal of the adjacent cell. Generated and sent after the signal change triggering conditions are met.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区 的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 10. The measurement control method according to claim 9, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
11、 根据权利要求 9或 10所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述变化 门限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户设备的移动速度确定。 11. The measurement control method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the change threshold is determined by the signal attenuation of the adjacent cell and the moving speed of the user equipment.
12、 根据权利要求 9-11中任一项所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所 述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 12. The measurement control method according to any one of claims 9-11, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
13、 根据权利要求 9-12中任一项所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或 变化门限不同。 13. The measurement control method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that the monitoring period and/or change threshold in the signal change trigger conditions corresponding to cells in different operating frequency bands are different.
14、 根据权利要求 9-13中任一项所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 14. The measurement control method according to any one of claims 9-13, characterized in that, the monitoring period and the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same operating frequency band
/或变化门限不同。 /or the change thresholds are different.
15、 一种测量方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 15. A measurement method, characterized in that it includes:
用户设备接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号 变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备在监 视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息; 所述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息,对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量; 所述用户设备根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监 视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所监 视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所述基 站; The user equipment receives the measurement configuration information sent by the base station. The measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment to monitor signal changes of adjacent cells during the monitoring period. And report the monitored signal change information; The user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information; the user equipment monitors the signal change of the adjacent cell according to the signal change monitoring indication information during the monitoring period, And after the monitoring period, generate a measurement report and carry the monitored signal change information of the adjacent cell in the measurement report and send it to the base station;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 Wherein, the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the variation range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell within the monitoring period.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的测量方法, 其特征在于: 16. The measurement method according to claim 15, characterized in that:
所述测量配置信息还包括报告触发条件; The measurement configuration information also includes report triggering conditions;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 The monitoring period is: a period of time starting when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: a period of time that ends when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
17、 根据权利要求 15或 16所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 17. The measurement method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that,
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值; 或者 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the maximum value and the minimum signal value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
18、 根据权利要求 15-17中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述 邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 18. The measurement method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
19、 根据权利要求 15-18中任一项所述的测量方法, 其特征在于, 所述 邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 19. The measurement method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
20、 一种测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 20. A measurement control method, characterized by including:
基站向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有信号变化 监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备在监视时 段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信息; The base station sends measurement configuration information to the user equipment. The measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment to monitor signal changes of adjacent cells during the monitoring period and Report the monitored signal change information;
所述基站接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述用户 设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所述监 视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述信号变 化监视指示信息,在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息; 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 The base station receives a measurement report sent by the user equipment. The measurement report is generated and sent by the user equipment after measuring the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information and after the monitoring period. , the measurement report carries the signal change information of the adjacent cell monitored by the user equipment during the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information; Wherein, the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the variation range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell within the monitoring period.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述测量配置 信息还包括报告触发条件; 21. The measurement control method according to claim 20, wherein the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 The monitoring period is: a period of time starting when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: a period of time that ends when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
22、 根据权利要求 20或 21所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值; 或者 22. The measurement control method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the maximum value of the monitored wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell. The difference from the minimum value; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the maximum value and the minimum signal value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
23、 根据权利要求 20-22中任一项所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 23. The measurement control method according to any one of claims 20 to 22, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
24、 根据权利要求 20-23中任一项所述的测量控制方法, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 24. The measurement control method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
25、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 25. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带 有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化 触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内 的变化范围小于变化门限; A receiving module, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station. The measurement configuration information carries a report triggering condition. The report triggering condition includes a signal change triggering condition. The signal change triggering condition is the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell or The change range of wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the change threshold;
测量模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻 接小区的信号进行测量; A measurement module, configured to measure the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module;
确定模块, 用于确定所述测量模块的测量结果是否为所述邻接小区满足 所述信号变化触发条件; Determining module, used to determine whether the measurement result of the measurement module is that the adjacent cell meets the signal change triggering condition;
上报模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定出所述测量模块的测量结果为所述 邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件时, 生成测量报告并向所述基站上报所 述测量报告。 A reporting module, configured to generate a measurement report and report the measurement report to the base station when the determination module determines that the measurement result of the measurement module is that the adjacent cell meets the signal change trigger condition.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区的覆 盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 26. The user equipment according to claim 25, characterized in that: the coverage of the adjacent cell The larger the coverage range, the longer the monitoring period.
27、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述变化门 限由所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户设备的移动速度确定。 27. The user equipment according to claim 25 or 26, characterized in that the change threshold is determined by the signal attenuation of the adjacent cell and the moving speed of the user equipment.
28、 根据权利要求 25-27中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 28. The user equipment according to any one of claims 25-27, characterized in that the adjacent cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell and/or a macro cell.
29、 根据权利要求 25-28中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 报告触发条件还包括信号强度 /质量触发条件; 29. The user equipment according to any one of claims 25-28, characterized in that the report trigger condition also includes a signal strength/quality trigger condition;
所述确定模块还用于根据所述邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号 接收质量, 确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件。 The determination module is further configured to determine that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition based on the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
30、 根据权利要求 29所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体 用于在确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件之后,判断所述邻 接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段的变化范围 是否小于所述变化门限, 如果判断结果为是, 则判定所述邻接小区满足所述 信号变化触发条件; 30. The user equipment according to claim 29, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to determine the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell after determining that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal strength/quality trigger condition. Or whether the variation range of wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the variation threshold, if the determination result is yes, it is determined that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal variation triggering condition;
其中, 所述监视时段为: 自确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触 发条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 Wherein, the monitoring period is: a period of time starting when it is determined that the adjacent cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition; or
所述监视时段为:到确定所述邻接小区满足所述信号强度 /质量触发条件 时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: a period of time that ends when it is determined that the adjacent cell meets the signal strength/quality trigger condition.
31、 根据权利要求 25-30中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或 变化门限不同。 31. The user equipment according to any one of claims 25 to 30, characterized in that the monitoring period and/or change threshold in the signal change triggering conditions corresponding to cells in different operating frequency bands are different.
32、 根据权利要求 25-31中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。 32. The user equipment according to any one of claims 25 to 31, characterized in that the monitoring period and/or change threshold in the signal change trigger condition corresponding to different cells in the same operating frequency band is different.
33、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 33. A base station, characterized by including:
发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带 有报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化 触发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内 的变化范围小于变化门限; A sending module, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment. The measurement configuration information carries a report triggering condition. The report triggering condition includes a signal change triggering condition. The signal change triggering condition is the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell or The change range of wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the change threshold;
接收模块, 用于接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所 述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在 确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送 的。 A receiving module, configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is The user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information, and generates and sends the measurement result after determining that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal change triggering condition.
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述邻接小区的覆盖范 围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 34. The base station according to claim 33, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
35、 根据权利要求 33或 34所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述变化门限由 所述邻接小区的信号衰减和所述用户设备的移动速度确定。 35. The base station according to claim 33 or 34, characterized in that the change threshold is determined by the signal attenuation of the adjacent cell and the moving speed of the user equipment.
36、 根据权利要求 33-35中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述邻接 小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 36. The base station according to any one of claims 33-35, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
37、 根据权利要求 33-36中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 37. The base station according to any one of claims 33-36, characterized in that,
不同工作频段的小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或 变化门限不同。 Cells in different operating frequency bands have different monitoring periods and/or change thresholds in the signal change trigger conditions.
38、 根据权利要求 33-37中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 38. The base station according to any one of claims 33-37, characterized in that,
同一工作频段的不同小区对应的所述信号变化触发条件中的监视时段和 /或变化门限不同。 Different cells in the same operating frequency band have different monitoring periods and/or change thresholds in the signal change trigger conditions.
39、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 39. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收模块, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括 有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设 备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化 信息; A receiving module, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station. The measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment to monitor the signal of the adjacent cell during the monitoring period. Monitor changes and report the monitored signal change information;
测量模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻 接小区的信号进行测量; A measurement module, configured to measure the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiving module;
监视上报模块, 用于根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段 内, 监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并 将所监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中发送给所 述基站; A monitoring and reporting module, configured to monitor the signal changes of the adjacent cells during the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information, and after the monitoring period, generate a measurement report and report the monitored The signal change information of adjacent cells is carried in the measurement report and sent to the base station;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 Wherein, the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the variation range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell within the monitoring period.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述测量配置信息 还包括报告触发条件; 所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 40. The user equipment according to claim 39, characterized in that, the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition; The monitoring period is: a period of time starting when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: a period of time that ends when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell satisfies the report triggering condition.
41、 根据权利要求 39或 40所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 41. The user equipment according to claim 39 or 40, characterized in that,
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值; 或者 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the maximum value and the minimum signal value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
42、 根据权利要求 39-41 中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 邻接小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 42. The user equipment according to any one of claims 39-41, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
43、 根据权利要求 39-42中任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 邻接小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 43. The user equipment according to any one of claims 39 to 42, characterized in that the adjacent cell includes: a wireless fidelity WiFi access point, a micro cell, a small cell and/or a macro cell.
44、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 44. A base station, characterized by including:
发送模块, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括 有信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设 备在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化 信息; A sending module, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment. The measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information. The signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment to monitor the signal of the adjacent cell during the monitoring period. Monitor changes and report the monitored signal change information;
接收模块, 用于接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所 述用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在 所述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述 信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变 化信息; A receiving module, configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information and generates it after the monitoring period. Sent, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the adjacent cell monitored by the user equipment during the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 Wherein, the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the variation range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell within the monitoring period.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述测量配置信息还包 括报告触发条件; 45. The base station according to claim 44, wherein the measurement configuration information further includes a report triggering condition;
所述监视时段为: 自所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时开始的一段时间; 或者 The monitoring period is: a period of time starting when the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the report triggering condition; or
所述监视时段为: 到所述用户设备确定所述邻接小区满足所述报告触发 条件时结束的一段时间。 The monitoring period is: until the user equipment determines that the adjacent cell meets the reporting trigger The period of time when the condition ends.
46、 根据权利要求 44或 45所述的基站, 其特征在于, 46. The base station according to claim 44 or 45, characterized in that,
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值与最小值的差值; 或者 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell; or
所述邻接小区的信号变化信息具体为: 监视到的所述邻接小区的无线信 号接收强度或无线信号接收质量的最大值和信号的最小值。 The signal change information of the adjacent cell is specifically: the maximum value and the minimum signal value of the monitored wireless signal reception intensity or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell.
47、 根据权利要求 44-46中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述邻接 小区的覆盖范围越大, 所述监视时段越长。 47. The base station according to any one of claims 44 to 46, characterized in that, the larger the coverage area of the adjacent cell, the longer the monitoring period.
48、 根据权利要求 44-47中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述邻接 小区包括: 无线保真 WiFi接入点、 微小区、 小小区和 /或宏小区。 48. The base station according to any one of claims 44 to 47, characterized in that the adjacent cells include: wireless fidelity WiFi access points, micro cells, small cells and/or macro cells.
49、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 49. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收器, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有 报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触 发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的 变化范围小于变化门限; Receiver, configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station. The measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition. The report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition. The signal change trigger condition is the wireless signal reception strength of the adjacent cell or The change range of wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the change threshold;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小 区的信号进行测量, 并在确定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化 触发条件时, 生成测量报告; A processor configured to measure the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, and when it is determined that the measurement result is that the adjacent cell satisfies the signal change trigger condition, generate a measurement Report;
发射器, 用于向所述基站上报所述处理器生成的所述测量报告。 A transmitter, configured to report the measurement report generated by the processor to the base station.
50、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 50. A base station, characterized by including:
发射器, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息携带有 报告触发条件, 所述报告触发条件包括信号变化触发条件, 所述信号变化触 发条件为邻接小区的无线信号接收强度或无线信号接收质量在监视时段内的 变化范围小于变化门限; A transmitter configured to send measurement configuration information to user equipment, where the measurement configuration information carries a report trigger condition, where the report trigger condition includes a signal change trigger condition, and the signal change trigger condition is the wireless signal reception strength of an adjacent cell or The change range of wireless signal reception quality during the monitoring period is less than the change threshold;
接收器, 用于接收所述用户设备上报的测量报告; 所述测量报告是所述 用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在确 定出测量结果为所述邻接小区满足所述信号变化触发条件后生成并发送的。 A receiver, configured to receive a measurement report reported by the user equipment; the measurement report is that the user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information, and determines that the measurement result is the It is generated and sent after the adjacent cell meets the signal change triggering condition.
51、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 51. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收器, 用于接收基站发送的测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有 信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备 在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信 息; A receiver configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by the base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, and the signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment During the monitoring period, monitor the signal changes of adjacent cells and report the monitored signal change information;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小 区的信号进行测量, 并根据所述信号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内, 监视所述邻接小区的信号变化, 并在所述监视时段后, 生成测量报告并将所 监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化信息携带在所述测量报告中; A processor configured to measure the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information received by the receiver, and monitor the adjacent cell during the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information. signal changes, and after the monitoring period, generate a measurement report and carry the monitored signal change information of the adjacent cell in the measurement report;
发射器, 用于将所述处理器生成的所述测量报告发送给所述基站; 其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 a transmitter, configured to send the measurement report generated by the processor to the base station; wherein the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell in the Monitor the range of changes over the period.
52、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 52. A base station, characterized by including:
发射器, 用于向用户设备发送测量配置信息, 所述测量配置信息包括有 信号变化监视指示信息, 所述信号变化监视指示信息用于指示所述用户设备 在监视时段内, 对邻接小区的信号变化进行监视并上报监视到的信号变化信 息; A transmitter, configured to send measurement configuration information to the user equipment, where the measurement configuration information includes signal change monitoring indication information, and the signal change monitoring indication information is used to instruct the user equipment to monitor the signal of the adjacent cell during the monitoring period. Monitor changes and report the monitored signal change information;
接收器, 用于接收所述用户设备发送的测量报告, 所述测量报告是所述 用户设备根据所述测量配置信息, 对所述邻接小区的信号进行测量, 并在所 述监视时段后生成并发送的, 所述测量报告携带有所述用户设备根据所述信 号变化监视指示信息, 在所述监视时段内监视到的所述邻接小区的信号变化 信息; A receiver configured to receive a measurement report sent by the user equipment, where the user equipment measures the signal of the adjacent cell according to the measurement configuration information, and generates the measurement report after the monitoring period. Sent, the measurement report carries the signal change information of the adjacent cell monitored by the user equipment during the monitoring period according to the signal change monitoring indication information;
其中, 所述邻接小区的信号变化信息包括所述邻接小区的无线信号接收 强度或无线信号接收质量在所述监视时段内的变化范围。 Wherein, the signal change information of the adjacent cell includes the variation range of the wireless signal reception strength or wireless signal reception quality of the adjacent cell within the monitoring period.
PCT/CN2013/075118 2013-05-03 2013-05-03 Measurement method, measurement control method and device WO2014176780A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/075118 WO2014176780A1 (en) 2013-05-03 2013-05-03 Measurement method, measurement control method and device
CN201380002162.2A CN104272804B (en) 2013-05-03 2013-05-03 Measuring method, measurement control method and equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/075118 WO2014176780A1 (en) 2013-05-03 2013-05-03 Measurement method, measurement control method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014176780A1 true WO2014176780A1 (en) 2014-11-06

Family

ID=51843076

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/075118 WO2014176780A1 (en) 2013-05-03 2013-05-03 Measurement method, measurement control method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104272804B (en)
WO (1) WO2014176780A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019137409A1 (en) * 2018-01-11 2019-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Switching method, terminal device and network device
WO2019241942A1 (en) * 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for measurement report optimization
WO2021237384A1 (en) * 2020-05-23 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for avoiding frequent handover in small cells

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105120475B (en) * 2015-07-17 2018-09-28 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of method and device of management secondary cell
CN106231626B (en) * 2016-07-15 2019-11-26 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device sending measurement report
CN110198550B (en) * 2018-02-24 2021-01-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Auxiliary cell group maintenance method, terminal equipment and network node
CN110972187A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 Measurement report entry processing method and equipment
CN109327855B (en) * 2018-11-28 2021-07-16 重庆邮电大学 Method for selecting multi-mode terminal measurement cell
WO2020132904A1 (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Signal quality measurement method and device, and terminal
CN111436074B (en) * 2019-03-22 2023-04-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and terminal for activating secondary cell
EP4072189A4 (en) * 2019-12-31 2022-12-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Radio resource management measurement method and apparatus
CN113259999B (en) * 2020-02-10 2022-08-26 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for configuring network resources

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1283064A (en) * 1999-09-23 2001-02-07 深圳市中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for determing switching cross regions of mobile terminal
CN1882162A (en) * 2005-06-13 2006-12-20 华为技术有限公司 Realization method for avoiding ping-pong switching in wireless communication system
CN1992970A (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-04 华为技术有限公司 Measurement control method of co-frequency district under LTE architecture
CN101998555A (en) * 2009-08-12 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for cell reselection
US20110188472A1 (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for handover in wireless communication system
CN102598791A (en) * 2010-01-12 2012-07-18 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for handover between cells
GB2489770A (en) * 2011-04-01 2012-10-10 Renesas Mobile Corp Deactivated secondary cell measurement cycle based upon mobile terminal velocity

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2392574A1 (en) * 2002-07-08 2004-01-08 Anthony Gerkis System, apparatus and method for uplink resource allocation
US7668514B2 (en) * 2005-07-01 2010-02-23 Broadcom Corporation Analog received signal strength indication in an RF transceiver
JP5647453B2 (en) * 2010-07-20 2014-12-24 京セラ株式会社 Wireless communication system, wireless relay station, wireless terminal, and communication control method
CN109257768A (en) * 2013-01-25 2019-01-22 索尼公司 Device and method in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1283064A (en) * 1999-09-23 2001-02-07 深圳市中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for determing switching cross regions of mobile terminal
CN1882162A (en) * 2005-06-13 2006-12-20 华为技术有限公司 Realization method for avoiding ping-pong switching in wireless communication system
CN1992970A (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-04 华为技术有限公司 Measurement control method of co-frequency district under LTE architecture
CN101998555A (en) * 2009-08-12 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for cell reselection
CN102598791A (en) * 2010-01-12 2012-07-18 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for handover between cells
US20110188472A1 (en) * 2010-02-04 2011-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for handover in wireless communication system
GB2489770A (en) * 2011-04-01 2012-10-10 Renesas Mobile Corp Deactivated secondary cell measurement cycle based upon mobile terminal velocity

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019137409A1 (en) * 2018-01-11 2019-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Switching method, terminal device and network device
CN110035464A (en) * 2018-01-11 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of switching method, terminal device and the network equipment
CN110035464B (en) * 2018-01-11 2021-01-05 华为技术有限公司 Switching method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2019241942A1 (en) * 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for measurement report optimization
WO2021237384A1 (en) * 2020-05-23 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for avoiding frequent handover in small cells

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104272804A (en) 2015-01-07
CN104272804B (en) 2017-12-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014176780A1 (en) Measurement method, measurement control method and device
US20190150014A1 (en) Early measurement reporting for cell access
US9107123B2 (en) Systems and methods for limiting mobile device measurements for cell reselection and handover
TWI474745B (en) Implicit drx cycle length adjustment control in lte_active mode
WO2018033136A1 (en) Cell handover method, user equipment, and network device
EP2839694B1 (en) Ue reporting of mobility information useful for optimizing ue parameter settings
US20190223072A1 (en) Method and apparatus for assisting terminal in measuring
EP2832177B1 (en) A user equipment, a network node and methods therein for adjusting the length of a discontinuous reception cycle in a user equipment in a wireless communication system
US10645621B2 (en) Small cell offloading command
JP6189520B2 (en) Method and apparatus for LTE handover reduction
EP2982164B1 (en) Measurement configuration for heterogenous networks
WO2021204120A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
GB2500260A (en) Comparing channel measurements for selecting discontinuous reception cycle lengths or intra-frequency neighbour cell measurement frequency
WO2019024812A1 (en) Neighboring cell measuring method and apparatus
WO2012146033A1 (en) Method and system for automatic neighbor relation measurement
WO2015062072A1 (en) Heterogeneous system measurement method, terminal and network device
CN111757349A (en) Measuring method and device
WO2015096720A1 (en) Method, system and device for performing handover decision
WO2014012385A1 (en) Method and device for mobility management
WO2020164390A1 (en) Measurement method and communication device
EP2903222B1 (en) Method of performing traffic steering in a wireless network system and related wireless network system
US9813889B2 (en) Method and apparatus for improved mobility estimation based on a scaling factor
US20200344676A1 (en) Information Transmission Method and Apparatus
WO2014113926A1 (en) Cell measurement method, radio network controller and user equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13883588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13883588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1